1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw__Float16: 136 case tok::kw___float128: 137 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 138 case tok::kw_bool: 139 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 140 case tok::kw___auto_type: 141 return true; 142 143 case tok::annot_typename: 144 case tok::kw_char16_t: 145 case tok::kw_char32_t: 146 case tok::kw_typeof: 147 case tok::annot_decltype: 148 case tok::kw_decltype: 149 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 150 151 case tok::kw_char8_t: 152 return getLangOpts().Char8; 153 154 default: 155 break; 156 } 157 158 return false; 159 } 160 161 namespace { 162 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 163 NotFound, 164 FoundNonType, 165 FoundType 166 }; 167 } // end anonymous namespace 168 169 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 170 /// dependent class. 171 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 172 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 173 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 174 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 175 SourceLocation NameLoc, 176 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 177 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 178 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 179 // Look for type decls in base classes. 180 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 181 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 182 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 183 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 184 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 185 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 186 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 187 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 188 // templates. 189 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 190 continue; 191 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 192 if (!TD) 193 continue; 194 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 195 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 196 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 197 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 198 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 199 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 200 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 201 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 202 BaseRD = PS; 203 } 204 } 205 } 206 if (BaseRD) { 207 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 208 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 209 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 210 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 211 } 212 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 213 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 214 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 215 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 216 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 217 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 218 break; 219 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 220 break; 221 } 222 } 223 } 224 } 225 226 return FoundTypeDecl; 227 } 228 229 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 230 const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 232 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 233 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 234 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 235 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 236 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 237 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 238 DC = DC->getParent()) { 239 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 240 // templates. 241 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 242 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 243 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 244 } 245 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 246 return nullptr; 247 248 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 249 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 250 // lookup during template instantiation. 251 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 252 253 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 254 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 255 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 256 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 257 258 CXXScopeSpec SS; 259 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 260 261 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 262 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 263 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 264 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 265 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 266 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 267 } 268 269 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 270 /// return the declaration of that type. 271 /// 272 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 273 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 274 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 275 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 276 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 277 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 278 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 279 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 280 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 281 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 282 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 283 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 284 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 285 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 286 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 287 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 288 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 289 290 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 291 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 292 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 293 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 294 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 295 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 296 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 297 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 298 299 if (!LookupCtx) { 300 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 301 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 302 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 303 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 304 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 305 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 306 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 307 // 308 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 309 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 310 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 311 return nullptr; 312 313 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 314 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 315 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 316 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 317 318 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 319 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 320 II, NameLoc); 321 return ParsedType::make(T); 322 } 323 324 return nullptr; 325 } 326 327 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 328 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 329 return nullptr; 330 } 331 332 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 333 // lookup for class-names. 334 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 335 LookupOrdinaryName; 336 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 337 if (LookupCtx) { 338 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 339 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 340 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 341 // nested-name-specifier. 342 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 343 344 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 345 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 346 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 347 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 348 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 349 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 350 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 351 LookupName(Result, S); 352 } 353 } else { 354 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 355 LookupName(Result, S); 356 357 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 358 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 359 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 360 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 361 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 362 return TypeInBase; 363 } 364 } 365 366 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 367 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 368 case LookupResult::NotFound: 369 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 370 if (CorrectedII) { 371 TypoCorrection Correction = 372 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 373 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 374 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 375 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 376 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 377 TemplateTy Template; 378 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 379 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 380 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 381 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 382 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 383 if (SS && NNS) { 384 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 385 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 386 } 387 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 388 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 389 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 390 // is handled elsewhere). 391 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 392 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 393 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 394 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 395 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 396 IsCtorOrDtorName, 397 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 398 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 399 if (Ty) { 400 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 401 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 402 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 403 if (SS && NNS) 404 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 405 *CorrectedII = NewII; 406 return Ty; 407 } 408 } 409 } 410 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 411 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 412 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 413 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 414 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 415 return nullptr; 416 417 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 418 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 419 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 420 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 421 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 422 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 423 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 424 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 425 return nullptr; 426 } 427 428 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 429 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 430 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 431 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 432 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 433 if (!IIDecl || 434 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 435 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 436 IIDecl = *Res; 437 } 438 } 439 440 if (!IIDecl) { 441 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 442 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 443 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 444 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 445 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 446 // a type name. 447 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 448 return nullptr; 449 } 450 451 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 452 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 453 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 454 // perform the name lookup again. 455 break; 456 457 case LookupResult::Found: 458 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 459 break; 460 } 461 462 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 463 464 QualType T; 465 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 466 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 467 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 468 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 469 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 470 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 471 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 472 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 473 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 474 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 475 << &II << /*Type*/1; 476 477 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 478 479 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 480 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 481 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 482 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 483 if (!HasTrailingDot) 484 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 485 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 486 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 487 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 488 QualType(), false); 489 } 490 491 if (T.isNull()) { 492 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 493 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 498 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 499 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 500 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 501 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 502 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 503 // Construct a type with type-source information. 504 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 505 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 506 507 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 508 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 509 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 510 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 511 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 512 } else { 513 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 514 } 515 } 516 517 return ParsedType::make(T); 518 } 519 520 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 521 static NestedNameSpecifier * 522 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 523 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 524 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 525 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 526 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 527 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 528 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 529 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 530 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 531 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 532 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 533 } 534 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 535 } 536 537 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 538 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 539 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 540 /// correctly rejects. 541 static const CXXRecordDecl * 542 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 543 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 544 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 545 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 546 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 547 return MD->getParent(); 548 } 549 return nullptr; 550 } 551 552 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 553 SourceLocation NameLoc, 554 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 555 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 556 557 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 558 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 559 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 560 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 561 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 562 // lookup is retried. 563 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 564 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 565 // name specifiers. 566 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 567 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 568 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 569 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 570 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 571 // instantiation time. 572 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 573 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 574 575 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 576 // template instantiation. 577 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 578 << RD; 579 } else { 580 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 581 return ParsedType(); 582 } 583 584 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 585 586 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 587 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 588 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 589 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 590 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 591 592 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 593 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 594 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 595 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 596 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 597 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 598 } 599 600 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 601 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 602 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 603 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 604 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 605 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 606 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 607 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 608 LookupName(R, S, false); 609 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 610 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 611 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 612 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 613 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 614 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 615 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 616 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 617 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 618 } 619 } 620 621 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 622 } 623 624 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 625 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 626 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 627 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 628 /// @code 629 /// template<class T> class A { 630 /// public: 631 /// typedef int TYPE; 632 /// }; 633 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 634 /// public: 635 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 636 /// }; 637 /// @endcode 638 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 639 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 640 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 641 return true; 642 643 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 644 645 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 646 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 647 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 648 return true; 649 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 650 } 651 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 652 } 653 654 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 655 SourceLocation IILoc, 656 Scope *S, 657 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 658 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 659 bool IsTemplateName) { 660 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 661 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 662 return; 663 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 664 SuggestedType = nullptr; 665 666 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 667 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 668 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 669 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 670 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 671 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 672 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 673 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 674 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 675 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 676 // We corrected to a keyword. 677 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 678 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 679 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 680 << II); 681 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 682 } else { 683 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 684 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 685 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 686 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 687 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 688 << II, CanRecover); 689 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 690 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 691 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 692 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 693 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 694 PDiag(IsTemplateName 695 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 696 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 697 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 698 CanRecover); 699 } else { 700 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 701 } 702 703 if (!CanRecover) 704 return; 705 706 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 707 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 708 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 709 SourceRange(IILoc)); 710 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 711 SuggestedType = 712 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 713 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 714 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 715 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 716 } 717 return; 718 } 719 720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 721 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 722 UnqualifiedId Name; 723 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 724 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 725 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 726 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 727 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 728 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 729 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 730 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 731 return; 732 } 733 } 734 735 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 736 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 737 738 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 739 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 740 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 741 << II; 742 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 743 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 744 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 745 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 746 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 747 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 748 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 749 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 750 751 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 752 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 753 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 754 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 755 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 756 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 757 } else { 758 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 759 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 760 } 761 } 762 763 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 764 /// or 765 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 766 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 767 NextToken.is(tok::less); 768 769 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 770 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 771 return true; 772 773 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 774 return true; 775 } 776 777 return false; 778 } 779 780 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 781 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 782 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 783 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 784 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 785 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 786 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 787 StringRef FixItTagName; 788 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 789 case TTK_Class: 790 FixItTagName = "class "; 791 break; 792 793 case TTK_Enum: 794 FixItTagName = "enum "; 795 break; 796 797 case TTK_Struct: 798 FixItTagName = "struct "; 799 break; 800 801 case TTK_Interface: 802 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 803 break; 804 805 case TTK_Union: 806 FixItTagName = "union "; 807 break; 808 } 809 810 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 811 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 812 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 813 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 814 815 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 816 I != IEnd; ++I) 817 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 818 << Name << TagName; 819 820 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 821 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 822 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 823 return true; 824 } 825 826 return false; 827 } 828 829 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 830 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 831 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 832 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 833 834 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 835 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 836 837 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 838 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 839 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 840 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 841 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 842 } 843 844 Sema::NameClassification 845 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 846 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 847 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 848 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 849 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 850 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 851 852 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 853 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 854 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 855 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 856 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 857 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 858 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 859 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 860 // will reject it later. 861 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 862 } 863 864 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 865 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 866 867 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 868 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 869 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 870 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 871 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 872 return TypeInBase; 873 } 874 875 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 876 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 877 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 878 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 879 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 880 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 881 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 882 return E; 883 } 884 885 bool SecondTry = false; 886 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 887 888 Corrected: 889 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 890 case LookupResult::NotFound: 891 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 892 // call. 893 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 894 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 895 // FIXME: Reference? 896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 897 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 898 899 // C90 6.3.2.2: 900 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 901 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 902 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 903 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 904 // the function call, the declaration 905 // 906 // extern int identifier (); 907 // 908 // appeared. 909 // 910 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 911 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 912 Result.addDecl(D); 913 Result.resolveKind(); 914 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 915 } 916 } 917 918 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 919 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 920 // "struct", or "union". 921 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 922 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 923 break; 924 } 925 926 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 927 // close to this name. 928 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 929 SecondTry = true; 930 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 931 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 932 &SS, std::move(CCC), 933 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 934 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 935 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 936 937 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 938 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 940 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 941 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 942 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 943 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 944 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 945 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 946 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 947 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 948 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 949 } 950 951 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 952 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 953 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 954 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 955 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 956 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 957 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 958 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 959 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 960 } 961 962 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 963 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 964 965 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 966 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 967 return Name; 968 969 // Also update the LookupResult... 970 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 971 Result.clear(); 972 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 973 if (FirstDecl) 974 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 975 976 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 977 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 978 // reference the ivar. 979 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 980 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 981 Result.clear(); 982 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 983 return E; 984 } 985 986 goto Corrected; 987 } 988 } 989 990 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 991 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 992 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 993 994 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 995 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 996 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 997 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 998 999 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1000 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1001 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1002 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1003 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1004 // 1005 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1006 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1007 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1008 // keyword here. 1009 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1010 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1011 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1012 } 1013 1014 case LookupResult::Found: 1015 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1016 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1017 break; 1018 1019 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1020 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1021 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1022 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1023 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1024 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1025 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1026 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1027 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1028 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1029 // ambiguous. 1030 // 1031 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1032 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1033 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1034 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1035 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1036 break; 1037 } 1038 } 1039 1040 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1041 return NameClassification::Error(); 1042 } 1043 1044 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1045 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1046 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1047 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1048 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1049 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1050 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1051 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1052 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1053 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1054 1055 if (!Result.empty()) { 1056 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1057 bool IsVarTemplate; 1058 TemplateName Template; 1059 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1060 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1061 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1062 Result.end()); 1063 } else { 1064 TemplateDecl *TD 1065 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1066 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1067 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1068 1069 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1070 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1071 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1072 TD); 1073 else 1074 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1075 } 1076 1077 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1078 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1079 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1080 // to based on which function we selected. 1081 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1082 1083 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1084 } 1085 1086 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1087 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1088 } 1089 } 1090 1091 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1092 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1093 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1094 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1095 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1096 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1097 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1098 return ParsedType::make(T); 1099 } 1100 1101 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1102 if (!Class) { 1103 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1104 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1105 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1106 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1107 } 1108 1109 if (Class) { 1110 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1111 1112 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1113 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1114 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1115 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1116 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1117 } 1118 1119 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1120 return ParsedType::make(T); 1121 } 1122 1123 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1124 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1125 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1126 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1127 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1128 1129 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1130 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1131 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1132 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1133 (NextIsOp && 1134 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1135 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1136 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1137 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1138 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1139 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1140 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1141 return ParsedType::make(T); 1142 } 1143 1144 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1145 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1146 nullptr, S); 1147 1148 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1149 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1150 } 1151 1152 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1153 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1154 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1155 if (!TD) 1156 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1157 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1158 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1159 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1160 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1161 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1162 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1163 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1164 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1165 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1166 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1167 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1168 } 1169 1170 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1171 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1172 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1173 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1174 1175 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1176 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1177 // the context we'll need to return to. 1178 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1179 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1180 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1181 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1182 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1183 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1184 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1185 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1186 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1187 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1188 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1189 1190 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1191 // lexical context. 1192 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1193 return DC; 1194 1195 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1196 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1197 // class is the context we need to return to. 1198 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1199 DC = RD; 1200 1201 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1202 // declared in. 1203 return DC; 1204 } 1205 1206 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1207 } 1208 1209 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1210 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1211 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1212 CurContext = DC; 1213 S->setEntity(DC); 1214 } 1215 1216 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 1219 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1220 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1221 } 1222 1223 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1224 Decl *D) { 1225 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1226 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1227 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1228 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1229 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1230 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1231 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1232 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1233 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1234 return Result; 1235 } 1236 1237 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1238 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1239 } 1240 1241 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1242 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1243 /// 1244 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1245 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1246 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1247 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1248 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1249 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1250 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1251 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1252 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1253 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1254 // namespace. 1255 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1256 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1257 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1258 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1259 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1260 1261 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1262 1263 #ifndef NDEBUG 1264 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1265 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1266 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1267 #endif 1268 1269 CurContext = DC; 1270 S->setEntity(DC); 1271 } 1272 1273 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1274 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1275 1276 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1277 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1278 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1279 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1280 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1281 1282 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1283 // disappear. 1284 } 1285 1286 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1287 // We assume that the caller has already called 1288 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1289 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1290 if (!FD) 1291 return; 1292 1293 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1294 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1295 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1296 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1297 CurContext = FD; 1298 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1299 1300 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1301 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1302 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1303 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1304 S->AddDecl(Param); 1305 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1306 } 1307 } 1308 } 1309 1310 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1311 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1312 // rather than the top-level class. 1313 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1314 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1315 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1316 } 1317 1318 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1319 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1320 /// 1321 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1322 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1323 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1324 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1325 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1326 /// attribute. 1327 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1328 ASTContext &Context, 1329 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1330 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1331 return true; 1332 1333 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1334 return true; 1335 1336 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1337 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1338 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1339 } 1340 1341 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1342 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1343 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1344 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1345 // scope. 1346 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1347 S = S->getParent(); 1348 1349 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1350 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1351 // into any context. 1352 if (AddToContext) 1353 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1354 1355 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1356 // are function-local declarations. 1357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1358 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1359 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1360 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1361 return; 1362 1363 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1364 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1365 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1366 return; 1367 1368 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1369 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1370 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1371 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1372 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1373 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1374 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1375 1376 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1377 break; 1378 } 1379 } 1380 1381 S->AddDecl(D); 1382 1383 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1384 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1385 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1386 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1387 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1388 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1389 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1390 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1391 continue; 1392 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1393 break; 1394 } 1395 1396 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1397 } else { 1398 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1399 } 1400 } 1401 1402 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1403 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1404 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1405 } 1406 1407 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1408 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1409 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1410 } 1411 1412 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1413 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1414 do { 1415 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1416 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1417 return S; 1418 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1419 1420 return nullptr; 1421 } 1422 1423 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1424 DeclContext*, 1425 ASTContext&); 1426 1427 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1428 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1429 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1430 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1431 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1432 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1433 while (F.hasNext()) { 1434 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1435 1436 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1437 continue; 1438 1439 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1440 continue; 1441 1442 F.erase(); 1443 } 1444 1445 F.done(); 1446 } 1447 1448 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1449 /// have compatible owning modules. 1450 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1451 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1452 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1453 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1454 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1455 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1456 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1457 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1458 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1459 return false; 1460 } 1461 1462 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1463 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1464 if (NewM == OldM) 1465 return false; 1466 1467 // FIXME: Check proclaimed-ownership-declarations here too. 1468 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1469 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1470 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1471 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1472 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1473 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1474 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1475 << New 1476 << NewIsModuleInterface 1477 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1478 << OldIsModuleInterface 1479 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1480 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1481 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1482 return true; 1483 } 1484 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1489 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1490 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1491 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1492 } 1493 1494 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1495 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1496 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1497 while (F.hasNext()) 1498 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1499 F.erase(); 1500 1501 F.done(); 1502 } 1503 1504 /// Check for this common pattern: 1505 /// @code 1506 /// class S { 1507 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1508 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1509 /// }; 1510 /// @endcode 1511 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1512 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1513 // the decl here. 1514 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1515 return false; 1516 1517 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1518 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1519 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1520 } 1521 1522 // We need this to handle 1523 // 1524 // typedef struct { 1525 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1526 // } A; 1527 // 1528 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1529 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1530 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1531 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1532 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1533 // not. 1534 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1535 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1536 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1537 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1538 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1539 return true; 1540 } 1541 DC = DC->getParent(); 1542 } 1543 1544 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1545 } 1546 1547 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1548 // these semantics. 1549 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1550 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1551 return false; 1552 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1553 } 1554 1555 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1556 assert(D); 1557 1558 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1559 return false; 1560 1561 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1562 // of members of class templates. 1563 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1564 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1565 return false; 1566 1567 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1568 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1569 return false; 1570 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1571 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1572 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1573 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1574 return false; 1575 1576 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1577 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1578 return false; 1579 } else { 1580 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1581 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1582 return false; 1583 } 1584 1585 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1586 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1587 return false; 1588 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1589 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1590 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1591 // like "inline".) 1592 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1593 return false; 1594 1595 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1596 return false; 1597 1598 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1599 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1600 return false; 1601 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1602 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1603 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1604 return false; 1605 1606 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1607 return false; 1608 } else { 1609 return false; 1610 } 1611 1612 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1613 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1614 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1615 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1616 } 1617 1618 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1619 if (!D) 1620 return; 1621 1622 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1623 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1624 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1625 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1626 } 1627 1628 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1629 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1630 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1631 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1632 } 1633 1634 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1635 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1636 } 1637 1638 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1639 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1640 return false; 1641 1642 bool Referenced = false; 1643 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1644 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1645 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1646 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1647 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1648 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1649 Referenced = true; 1650 break; 1651 } 1652 } 1653 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1654 return false; 1655 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1656 Referenced = true; 1657 } 1658 1659 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1660 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1661 return false; 1662 1663 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1664 return true; 1665 1666 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1667 // functions. 1668 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1669 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1670 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1671 WithinFunction = 1672 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1673 if (!WithinFunction) 1674 return false; 1675 1676 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1677 return true; 1678 1679 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1680 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1681 return false; 1682 1683 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1684 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1685 1686 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1687 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1688 1689 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1690 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1691 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1692 return false; 1693 } 1694 1695 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1696 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1697 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1698 return false; 1699 1700 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1701 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1702 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1703 1704 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1705 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1706 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1707 return false; 1708 1709 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1710 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1711 return false; 1712 1713 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1714 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1715 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1716 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1717 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1718 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1719 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1720 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1721 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1722 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1723 return false; 1724 } 1725 } 1726 } 1727 } 1728 1729 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1730 } 1731 1732 return true; 1733 } 1734 1735 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1736 FixItHint &Hint) { 1737 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1738 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1739 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1740 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1741 return; 1742 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1743 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1744 } 1745 } 1746 1747 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1748 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1749 return; 1750 1751 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1752 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1753 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1754 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1755 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1756 } 1757 } 1758 1759 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1760 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1761 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1762 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1763 return; 1764 1765 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1766 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1767 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1768 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1769 return; 1770 } 1771 1772 FixItHint Hint; 1773 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1774 1775 unsigned DiagID; 1776 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1777 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1778 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1779 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1780 else 1781 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1782 1783 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1784 } 1785 1786 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1787 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1788 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1789 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1790 // MS inline assembly label name. 1791 bool Diagnose = false; 1792 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1793 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1794 else 1795 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1796 if (Diagnose) 1797 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1798 } 1799 1800 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1801 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1802 1803 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1804 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1805 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1806 1807 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1808 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1809 1810 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1811 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1812 1813 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1814 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1815 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1816 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1817 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1818 } 1819 1820 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1821 1822 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1823 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1824 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1825 1826 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1827 // already. 1828 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1829 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1830 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1831 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1832 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1833 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1834 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1835 } 1836 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1837 } 1838 } 1839 } 1840 1841 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1842 /// 1843 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1844 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1845 /// to the fixed name. 1846 /// 1847 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1848 /// 1849 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1850 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1851 /// 1852 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1853 /// class could not be found. 1854 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1855 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1856 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1857 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1858 // creation from this context. 1859 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1860 1861 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1862 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1863 // find an Objective-C class name. 1864 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1865 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1866 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1867 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1868 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1869 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1870 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1871 } 1872 } 1873 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1874 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1875 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1876 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1877 return Def; 1878 } 1879 1880 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1881 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1882 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1883 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1884 /// ill-formed in C++: 1885 /// @code 1886 /// struct S6 { 1887 /// enum { BAR } e; 1888 /// }; 1889 /// 1890 /// void test_S6() { 1891 /// struct S6 a; 1892 /// a.e = BAR; 1893 /// } 1894 /// @endcode 1895 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1896 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1897 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1898 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1899 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1900 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1901 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1902 /// contain non-field names. 1903 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1904 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1905 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1906 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1907 S = S->getParent(); 1908 return S; 1909 } 1910 1911 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1912 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1913 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1914 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1915 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1916 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1917 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1918 return; 1919 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1920 1921 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1922 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1923 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1924 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1925 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1926 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1927 } 1928 1929 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1930 switch (Error) { 1931 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1932 return ""; 1933 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1934 return "stdio.h"; 1935 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1936 return "setjmp.h"; 1937 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1938 return "ucontext.h"; 1939 } 1940 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1941 } 1942 1943 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1944 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1945 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1946 /// built-in. 1947 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1948 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1949 SourceLocation Loc) { 1950 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1951 1952 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1953 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1954 if (Error) { 1955 if (ForRedeclaration) 1956 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1957 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1958 return nullptr; 1959 } 1960 1961 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1962 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1963 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1964 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1965 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1966 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1967 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1968 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1969 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1970 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1971 } 1972 1973 if (R.isNull()) 1974 return nullptr; 1975 1976 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1978 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1979 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1980 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1981 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1982 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1983 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1984 } 1985 1986 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1987 Parent, 1988 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1989 SC_Extern, 1990 false, 1991 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1992 New->setImplicit(); 1993 1994 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1995 // FunctionDecl. 1996 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1997 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1998 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1999 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2000 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2001 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2002 SC_None, nullptr); 2003 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2004 Params.push_back(parm); 2005 } 2006 New->setParams(Params); 2007 } 2008 2009 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2010 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2011 2012 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2013 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2014 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2015 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2016 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2017 CurContext = Parent; 2018 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2019 CurContext = SavedContext; 2020 return New; 2021 } 2022 2023 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2024 /// entity if their types are the same. 2025 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2026 /// isSameEntity. 2027 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2028 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2029 LookupResult &Previous) { 2030 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2031 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2032 return; 2033 2034 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2035 if (Previous.empty()) 2036 return; 2037 2038 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2039 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2040 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2041 2042 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2043 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2044 continue; 2045 2046 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2047 // different linkages. 2048 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2049 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2050 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2051 continue; 2052 2053 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2054 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2055 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2056 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2057 continue; 2058 } 2059 2060 Filter.erase(); 2061 } 2062 2063 Filter.done(); 2064 } 2065 2066 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2067 QualType OldType; 2068 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2069 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2070 else 2071 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2072 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2073 2074 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2075 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2076 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2078 << Kind << NewType; 2079 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2080 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2081 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2082 return true; 2083 } 2084 2085 if (OldType != NewType && 2086 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2087 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2088 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2089 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2090 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2091 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2092 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2093 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2094 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2095 return true; 2096 } 2097 return false; 2098 } 2099 2100 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2101 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2102 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2103 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2104 /// 2105 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2106 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2107 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2108 // merging checks. 2109 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2110 2111 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2112 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2113 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2114 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2115 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2116 default: break; 2117 case 2: 2118 { 2119 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2120 break; 2121 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2122 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2123 break; 2124 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2125 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2126 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2127 break; 2128 } 2129 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2130 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2131 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2132 return; 2133 } 2134 case 5: 2135 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2136 break; 2137 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2138 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2139 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2140 return; 2141 case 3: 2142 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2143 break; 2144 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2145 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2146 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2147 return; 2148 } 2149 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2150 } 2151 2152 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2153 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2154 if (!Old) { 2155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2156 << New->getDeclName(); 2157 2158 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2159 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2160 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2161 2162 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2163 } 2164 2165 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2166 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2167 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2168 2169 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2170 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2171 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2172 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2173 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2174 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2175 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2176 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2177 // instead of our tag. 2178 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2179 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2180 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2181 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2182 else 2183 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2184 2185 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2186 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2187 2188 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2189 // out of the scope. 2190 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2191 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2192 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2193 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2194 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2195 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2196 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2197 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2198 } 2199 } 2200 } 2201 } 2202 2203 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2204 // with any extensions enabled. 2205 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2206 return; 2207 2208 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2209 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2210 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2211 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2212 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2213 } 2214 2215 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2216 return; 2217 2218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2219 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2220 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2221 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2222 // to the type to which it already refers. 2223 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2224 return; 2225 2226 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2227 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2228 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2229 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2230 // 2231 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2232 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2233 // 2234 // struct S { 2235 // typedef struct A { } A; 2236 // }; 2237 // 2238 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2239 // allow the above but disallow 2240 // 2241 // struct S { 2242 // typedef int I; 2243 // typedef int I; 2244 // }; 2245 // 2246 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2247 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2248 return; 2249 2250 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2251 << New->getDeclName(); 2252 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2253 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2254 } 2255 2256 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2257 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2258 return; 2259 2260 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2261 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2262 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2263 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2264 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2265 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2266 (Old->isImplicit() || 2267 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2268 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2269 return; 2270 2271 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2272 << New->getDeclName(); 2273 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2274 } 2275 2276 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2277 /// attribute. 2278 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2279 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2280 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2281 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2282 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2283 if (Ann) { 2284 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2285 return true; 2286 continue; 2287 } 2288 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2289 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2290 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2291 return true; 2292 } 2293 2294 return false; 2295 } 2296 2297 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2298 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2299 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2300 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2301 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2302 return true; 2303 } 2304 2305 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2306 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2307 /// 2308 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2309 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2310 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2311 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2312 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2313 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2314 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2315 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2316 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2317 // in a case like: 2318 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2319 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2320 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2321 // definition in such a case. 2322 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2323 return false; 2324 2325 if (I->isAlignas()) 2326 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2327 2328 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2329 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2330 OldAlign = Align; 2331 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2332 } 2333 } 2334 2335 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2336 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2337 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2338 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2339 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2340 return false; 2341 2342 if (I->isAlignas()) 2343 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2344 2345 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2346 if (Align > NewAlign) 2347 NewAlign = Align; 2348 } 2349 2350 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2351 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2352 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2353 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2354 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2355 2356 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2357 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2358 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2359 QualType Ty; 2360 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2361 Ty = VD->getType(); 2362 else 2363 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2364 2365 if (OldAlign == 0) 2366 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2367 if (NewAlign == 0) 2368 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2369 } 2370 2371 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2372 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2373 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2374 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2375 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 } 2377 } 2378 2379 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2380 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2381 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2382 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2383 // equivalent alignment. 2384 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2385 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2386 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2387 // have no alignment specifier. 2388 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2389 << OldAlignasAttr; 2390 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2391 << OldAlignasAttr; 2392 } 2393 2394 bool AnyAdded = false; 2395 2396 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2397 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2398 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2399 Clone->setInherited(true); 2400 New->addAttr(Clone); 2401 AnyAdded = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2405 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2406 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2407 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2408 Clone->setInherited(true); 2409 New->addAttr(Clone); 2410 AnyAdded = true; 2411 } 2412 2413 return AnyAdded; 2414 } 2415 2416 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2417 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2418 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2419 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2420 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2421 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2422 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2423 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2424 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2425 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2426 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2427 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2428 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2429 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2430 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2431 AA->getDeprecated(), 2432 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2433 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2434 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2435 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2436 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2437 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2438 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2439 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2440 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2441 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2442 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2443 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2444 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2445 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2446 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2447 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2448 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2449 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2450 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2451 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2452 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2453 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2454 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2455 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2456 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, CSA->getRange(), CSA->getName(), 2457 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2458 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2459 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2460 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2461 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2462 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2463 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2464 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2465 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2466 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2467 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2468 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2469 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2470 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2471 return false; 2472 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2473 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2474 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2475 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2476 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2477 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2478 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2479 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2480 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2481 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2482 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2483 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2484 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2485 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2486 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2487 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2488 NewAttr = nullptr; 2489 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2490 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2491 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2492 NewAttr = nullptr; 2493 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2494 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2495 UA->getGuid()); 2496 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2497 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2498 2499 if (NewAttr) { 2500 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2501 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2502 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2503 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2504 return true; 2505 } 2506 2507 return false; 2508 } 2509 2510 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2511 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2512 return TD->getDefinition(); 2513 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2514 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2515 if (Def) 2516 return Def; 2517 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2518 } 2519 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2520 return FD->getDefinition(); 2521 return nullptr; 2522 } 2523 2524 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2525 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2526 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2527 return true; 2528 return false; 2529 } 2530 2531 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2532 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2533 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2534 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2535 return; 2536 2537 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2538 if (!Def || Def == New) 2539 return; 2540 2541 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2542 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2543 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2544 2545 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2546 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2547 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2548 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2549 2550 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2551 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2552 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2553 --E; 2554 continue; 2555 } 2556 } else { 2557 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2558 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2559 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2560 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2561 : diag::err_redefinition; 2562 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2563 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2564 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2565 else 2566 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2567 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2568 } 2569 ++I; 2570 continue; 2571 } 2572 2573 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2574 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2575 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2576 ++I; 2577 continue; 2578 } 2579 } 2580 2581 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2582 ++I; 2583 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2584 } 2585 2586 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2587 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2588 ++I; 2589 continue; 2590 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2591 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2592 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2593 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2594 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2595 // equivalent alignment. 2596 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2597 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2598 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2599 // have no alignment specifier. 2600 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2601 << AA; 2602 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2603 << AA; 2604 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2605 --E; 2606 continue; 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2611 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2612 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2613 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2614 --E; 2615 } 2616 } 2617 2618 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2619 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2620 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2621 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2622 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2623 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2624 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2625 } 2626 2627 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2628 return; 2629 2630 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2631 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2632 2633 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2634 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2635 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2636 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2637 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2638 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2639 } 2640 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2641 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2642 // already been ODR-used. 2643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2644 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2645 } 2646 } 2647 2648 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2649 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2650 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2651 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2652 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2653 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2654 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2655 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2656 << NewTag; 2657 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2658 } 2659 } 2660 } else { 2661 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2662 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2663 } 2664 } 2665 2666 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2667 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2668 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2669 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2670 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2671 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2672 } 2673 } 2674 } 2675 2676 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2677 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2678 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2679 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2680 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2681 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2682 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2683 } 2684 2685 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2686 return; 2687 2688 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2689 2690 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2691 // we process them. 2692 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2693 2694 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2695 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2696 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2697 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2698 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2699 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2700 switch (AMK) { 2701 case AMK_None: 2702 continue; 2703 2704 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2705 case AMK_Override: 2706 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2707 LocalAMK = AMK; 2708 break; 2709 } 2710 } 2711 2712 // Already handled. 2713 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2714 continue; 2715 2716 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2717 foundAny = true; 2718 } 2719 2720 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2721 foundAny = true; 2722 2723 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2724 } 2725 2726 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2727 /// to the new one. 2728 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2729 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2730 Sema &S) { 2731 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2732 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2733 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2734 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2735 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2736 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2737 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2738 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2739 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2740 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2741 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2742 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2743 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2744 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2745 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2746 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2747 } 2748 2749 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2750 return; 2751 2752 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2753 2754 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2755 // done before we process them. 2756 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2757 2758 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2759 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2760 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2761 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2762 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2763 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2764 foundAny = true; 2765 } 2766 } 2767 2768 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2769 } 2770 2771 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2772 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2773 Sema &S) { 2774 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2775 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2776 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2777 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2778 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2779 *Newnullability, 2780 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2781 != 0)) 2782 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2783 *Oldnullability, 2784 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2785 != 0)); 2786 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2787 } 2788 } else { 2789 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2790 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2791 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2792 NewT, NewT); 2793 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2794 } 2795 } 2796 } 2797 2798 namespace { 2799 2800 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2801 /// C. 2802 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2803 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2804 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2805 QualType PromotedType; 2806 }; 2807 2808 } // end anonymous namespace 2809 2810 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2811 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2812 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2813 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2814 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2815 2816 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2817 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2818 2819 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2820 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2821 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2822 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2823 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2824 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2825 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2826 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2827 } 2828 2829 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2830 } 2831 2832 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2833 // declaration, or a declaration. 2834 template <typename T> 2835 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2836 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2837 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2838 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2839 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2840 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2841 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2842 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2843 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2844 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2845 } else 2846 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2847 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2848 } 2849 2850 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2851 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2852 /// GNU89 mode. 2853 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2854 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2855 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2856 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2857 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2858 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2859 } 2860 2861 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2862 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2863 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2864 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2865 return AT; 2866 } 2867 2868 template <typename T> 2869 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2870 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2871 if (DC->isRecord()) 2872 return false; 2873 2874 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2875 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2876 return true; 2877 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2878 return true; 2879 return false; 2880 } 2881 2882 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2883 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2884 2885 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2886 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2887 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2888 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2889 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2890 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2891 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2892 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2893 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2894 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2895 // and function templates; or 2896 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2897 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2898 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2899 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2900 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2901 2902 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2903 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2904 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2905 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2906 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2907 2908 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2909 if (Old && 2910 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2911 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2912 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2913 Old = nullptr; 2914 2915 if (!Old) { 2916 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2917 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2918 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2919 return true; 2920 } 2921 return false; 2922 } 2923 2924 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2925 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2926 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2927 2928 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2929 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2930 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2931 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2932 return true; 2933 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2934 }; 2935 2936 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2937 } 2938 2939 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 2940 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 2941 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 2942 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 2943 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 2944 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 2945 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 2946 // 2947 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 2948 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 2949 // 2950 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 2951 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 2952 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 2953 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 2954 return; 2955 2956 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 2957 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2958 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2959 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 2960 return; 2961 2962 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 2963 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 2964 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 2965 2966 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2967 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 2968 if (!D) 2969 return; 2970 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 2971 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 2972 }; 2973 2974 FixSemaDC(NewD); 2975 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 2976 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 2977 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 2978 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 2979 } 2980 2981 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2982 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2983 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2984 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2985 /// 2986 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2987 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2988 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2989 /// merged with. 2990 /// 2991 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2992 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2993 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2994 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2995 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2996 if (!Old) { 2997 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2998 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2999 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3000 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3001 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3002 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 3003 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3004 return true; 3005 } 3006 3007 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 3008 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3009 return true; 3010 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3011 } else { 3012 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3013 << New->getDeclName(); 3014 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3015 return true; 3016 } 3017 } 3018 3019 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3020 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3021 return true; 3022 3023 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3024 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3025 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3026 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3027 << Old << Old->getType(); 3028 return true; 3029 } 3030 3031 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3032 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3033 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3034 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3035 3036 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3037 // is an extern inline function. 3038 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3039 // storage classes. 3040 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3041 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3042 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3043 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3044 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3045 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3047 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3048 } else { 3049 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3050 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3051 return true; 3052 } 3053 } 3054 3055 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3056 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3057 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3058 << New->getDeclName(); 3059 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3060 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3061 } 3062 3063 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3064 return true; 3065 3066 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3067 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3068 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3069 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3070 << New << OldOvl; 3071 3072 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3073 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3074 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3075 // 3076 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3077 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3078 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3079 if (OldOvl) { 3080 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3081 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3082 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3083 }); 3084 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3085 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3086 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3087 } 3088 3089 if (DiagOld) 3090 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3091 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3092 << OldOvl; 3093 3094 if (OldOvl) 3095 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3096 else 3097 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3098 } 3099 } 3100 3101 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3102 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3103 // convention of the first. 3104 // 3105 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3106 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3107 // 3108 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3109 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3110 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3111 // 3112 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3113 // other tests to run. 3114 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3115 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3116 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3117 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3118 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3119 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3120 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3121 3122 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3123 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3124 const FunctionType *FT = 3125 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3126 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3127 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3128 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3129 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3130 // there but not here. 3131 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3132 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3133 } else { 3134 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3135 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3136 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3137 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3138 << !FirstCCExplicit 3139 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3140 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3141 3142 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3143 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3144 return true; 3145 } 3146 } 3147 3148 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3149 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3150 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3151 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3152 } 3153 3154 // Merge regparm attribute. 3155 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3156 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3157 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3158 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3159 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3160 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3161 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3162 return true; 3163 } 3164 3165 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3166 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3167 } 3168 3169 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3170 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3171 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3172 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3173 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3174 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3175 return true; 3176 } 3177 3178 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3179 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3180 } 3181 3182 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3183 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3184 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3185 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3186 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3187 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3188 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3189 return true; 3190 } 3191 3192 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3193 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3194 } 3195 3196 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3197 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3198 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3199 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3200 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3201 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3202 } 3203 3204 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3205 // UndefinedButUsed. 3206 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3207 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3208 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3209 Old->isUsed(false) && 3210 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3211 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3212 SourceLocation())); 3213 3214 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3215 // about it. 3216 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3217 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3218 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3219 } 3220 3221 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3222 // redeclaration. 3223 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3224 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3226 << New->getDeclName(); 3227 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3228 return true; 3229 } 3230 3231 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3232 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3233 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3234 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3235 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3236 3237 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3238 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3239 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3240 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3241 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3242 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3243 return true; 3244 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3245 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3246 3247 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3248 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3249 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3250 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3251 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3252 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3253 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3254 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3255 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3256 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3257 QualType ResQT; 3258 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3259 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3260 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3261 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3262 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3263 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3264 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3265 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3266 else 3267 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3268 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3269 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3270 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3271 return true; 3272 } 3273 else 3274 NewQType = ResQT; 3275 } 3276 3277 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3278 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3279 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3280 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3281 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3282 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3283 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3284 New->setType( 3285 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3286 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3287 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3288 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3289 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3290 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3291 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3292 } 3293 } 3294 3295 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3296 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3297 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3298 // Preserve triviality. 3299 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3300 3301 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3302 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3303 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3304 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3305 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3306 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3307 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3308 3309 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3310 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3311 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3312 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3313 // is a static member function declaration. 3314 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3315 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3316 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3317 return true; 3318 } 3319 3320 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3321 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3322 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3323 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3324 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3325 unsigned NewDiag; 3326 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3327 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3328 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3329 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3330 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3331 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3332 else 3333 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3334 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3336 } else { 3337 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3338 << New << New->getType(); 3339 } 3340 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3341 return true; 3342 3343 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3344 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3345 // 3346 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3347 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3348 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3349 if (isFriend) { 3350 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3351 } else { 3352 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3353 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3354 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3355 return true; 3356 } 3357 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3358 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3359 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3360 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3361 return true; 3362 } 3363 } 3364 3365 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3366 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3367 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3368 // attribute. 3369 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3370 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3371 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3372 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3373 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3374 } 3375 3376 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3377 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3378 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3379 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3380 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3381 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3382 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3383 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3384 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3385 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3386 } 3387 3388 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3389 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3390 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3391 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3392 3393 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3394 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3395 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3396 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3397 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3398 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3399 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3400 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3401 } 3402 3403 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3404 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3405 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3406 // 3407 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3408 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3409 // linkage within class scope. 3410 // 3411 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3412 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3413 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3414 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3415 } else { 3416 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3417 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3418 return true; 3419 } 3420 } 3421 3422 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3423 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3424 3425 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3426 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3427 // during instantiation. 3428 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3429 return false; 3430 3431 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3432 } 3433 3434 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3435 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3436 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3437 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3438 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3439 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3440 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3441 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3442 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3443 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3444 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3445 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3446 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3447 NewQType = 3448 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3449 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3450 New->setType(NewQType); 3451 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3452 3453 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3454 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3455 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3456 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3457 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3458 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3459 SC_None, nullptr); 3460 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3461 Param->setImplicit(); 3462 Params.push_back(Param); 3463 } 3464 3465 New->setParams(Params); 3466 } 3467 3468 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3469 } 3470 3471 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3472 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3473 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3474 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3475 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3476 // the prototype. 3477 // 3478 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3479 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3480 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3481 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3482 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3483 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3484 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3485 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3486 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3487 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3488 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3489 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3490 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3491 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3492 3493 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3494 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3495 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3496 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3497 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3498 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3499 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3500 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3501 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3502 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3503 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3504 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3505 NewParm->getType(), 3506 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3507 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3508 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3509 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3510 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3511 } else 3512 LooseCompatible = false; 3513 } 3514 3515 if (LooseCompatible) { 3516 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3517 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3518 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3519 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3520 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3521 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3522 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3523 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3524 } 3525 3526 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3527 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3528 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3529 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3530 } 3531 3532 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3533 } 3534 3535 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3536 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3537 3538 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3539 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3540 unsigned BuiltinID; 3541 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3542 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3543 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3544 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3545 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3546 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3547 << Old << Old->getType(); 3548 3549 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3550 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3551 // 3552 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3553 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3554 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3555 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3556 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3557 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3558 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3559 3560 return false; 3561 } 3562 3563 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3564 } 3565 3566 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3567 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3568 return true; 3569 } 3570 3571 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3572 /// known to be compatible. 3573 /// 3574 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3575 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3576 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3577 /// redeclaration of Old. 3578 /// 3579 /// \returns false 3580 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3581 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3582 // Merge the attributes 3583 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3584 3585 // Merge "pure" flag. 3586 if (Old->isPure()) 3587 New->setPure(); 3588 3589 // Merge "used" flag. 3590 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3591 New->setIsUsed(); 3592 3593 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3594 // declarations. 3595 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3596 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3597 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3598 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3599 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3600 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3601 } 3602 3603 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3604 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3605 3606 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3607 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3608 // was visible. 3609 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3610 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3611 New->setType(Merged); 3612 3613 return false; 3614 } 3615 3616 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3617 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3618 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3619 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3620 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3621 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3622 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3623 : AMK_Override; 3624 3625 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3626 3627 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3628 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3629 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3630 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3631 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3632 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3633 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3634 3635 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3636 } 3637 3638 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3639 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3640 3641 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3642 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3643 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3644 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3645 3646 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3647 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3648 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3649 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3650 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3651 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3652 } 3653 3654 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3655 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3656 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3657 /// 3658 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3659 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3660 /// is attached. 3661 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3662 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3663 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3664 return; 3665 3666 QualType MergedT; 3667 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3668 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3669 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3670 return; 3671 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3672 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3673 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3674 } 3675 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3676 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3677 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3678 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3679 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3680 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3681 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3682 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3683 3684 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3685 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3686 // mismatch. 3687 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3688 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3689 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3690 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3691 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3692 continue; 3693 3694 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3695 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3696 } 3697 } 3698 3699 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3700 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3701 NewArray->getElementType())) 3702 MergedT = New->getType(); 3703 } 3704 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3705 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3706 // visible. 3707 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3708 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3709 NewArray->getElementType())) 3710 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3711 } 3712 } 3713 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3714 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3715 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3716 Old->getType()); 3717 } 3718 } else { 3719 // C 6.2.7p2: 3720 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3721 // compatible type. 3722 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3723 } 3724 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3725 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3726 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3727 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3728 // equivalent. 3729 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3730 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3731 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3732 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3733 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3734 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3735 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3736 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3737 return; 3738 } 3739 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3740 } 3741 3742 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3743 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3744 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3745 New->setType(MergedT); 3746 } 3747 3748 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3749 LookupResult &Previous) { 3750 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3751 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3752 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3753 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3754 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3755 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3756 // 3757 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3758 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3759 return false; 3760 3761 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3762 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3763 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3764 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3765 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3766 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3767 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3768 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3769 } else { 3770 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3771 // type unless we're in the same function. 3772 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3773 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3774 } 3775 } 3776 3777 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3778 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3779 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3780 /// 3781 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3782 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3783 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3784 /// 3785 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3786 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3787 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3788 return; 3789 3790 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3791 return; 3792 3793 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3794 3795 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3796 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3797 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3798 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3799 if (NewTemplate) { 3800 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3801 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3802 3803 if (auto *Shadow = 3804 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3805 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3806 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3807 } else { 3808 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3809 3810 if (auto *Shadow = 3811 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3812 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3813 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3814 } 3815 } 3816 if (!Old) { 3817 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3818 << New->getDeclName(); 3819 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3820 New->getLocation()); 3821 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3822 } 3823 3824 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3825 if (NewTemplate && 3826 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3827 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3828 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3829 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3830 3831 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3832 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3833 // 3834 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3835 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3836 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3837 << New->getIdentifier(); 3838 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3839 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3840 } 3841 3842 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3843 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3844 // declaration 3845 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3846 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3847 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3848 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3849 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3850 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3851 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3852 } 3853 3854 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3855 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3857 << New->getDeclName(); 3858 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3859 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3860 } 3861 3862 // Merge the types. 3863 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3864 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3865 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3866 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3867 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3868 return; 3869 } 3870 3871 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3872 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3873 return; 3874 3875 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3876 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3877 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3878 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3879 3880 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3881 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3882 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3883 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3884 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3886 << New->getDeclName(); 3887 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3888 } else { 3889 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3890 << New->getDeclName(); 3891 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3892 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3893 } 3894 } 3895 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3896 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3897 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3898 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3899 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3900 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3901 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3902 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3903 // identifier has external linkage. 3904 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3905 /* Okay */; 3906 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3907 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3908 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3910 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3911 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3912 } 3913 3914 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3915 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3916 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3917 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3918 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3919 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3920 } 3921 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3922 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3923 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3924 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3925 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3926 } 3927 3928 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3929 return; 3930 3931 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3932 3933 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3934 // need to check for mismatches. 3935 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3936 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3937 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3938 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3939 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3940 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3941 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3942 } 3943 3944 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3945 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3946 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3947 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3948 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3949 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3950 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3951 } 3952 } 3953 3954 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 3955 // UndefinedButUsed. 3956 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3957 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3958 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3959 SourceLocation())); 3960 3961 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3962 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3963 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3964 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3965 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3966 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3967 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3968 } else { 3969 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3970 // static and dynamic initialization. 3971 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3972 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3973 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3974 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3975 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3976 } 3977 } 3978 3979 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3980 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3981 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3982 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3983 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3984 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3985 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3986 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3987 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3988 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3989 return; 3990 } 3991 } 3992 3993 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3994 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3995 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3996 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3997 return; 3998 } 3999 4000 // Merge "used" flag. 4001 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4002 New->setIsUsed(); 4003 4004 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4005 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4006 if (NewTemplate) 4007 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4008 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4009 4010 // Inherit access appropriately. 4011 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4012 if (NewTemplate) 4013 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4014 4015 if (Old->isInline()) 4016 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4017 } 4018 4019 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4020 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4021 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4022 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4023 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4024 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4025 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4026 StringRef HdrFilename = 4027 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4028 4029 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4030 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4031 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4032 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4033 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4034 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4035 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4036 if (Mod) { 4037 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4038 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4039 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4040 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4041 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4042 } else { 4043 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4044 << HdrFilename.str(); 4045 } 4046 return true; 4047 } 4048 4049 return false; 4050 }; 4051 4052 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4053 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4054 bool EmittedDiag = false; 4055 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4056 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4057 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4058 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4059 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4060 4061 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4062 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4063 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4064 4065 if (EmittedDiag) 4066 return; 4067 } 4068 4069 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4070 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4071 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4072 } 4073 4074 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4075 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4076 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4077 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4078 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4079 New->isInline() || 4080 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4081 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4082 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4083 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4084 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4085 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4086 4087 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4088 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4089 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4090 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4091 return false; 4092 } else { 4093 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4094 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4095 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4096 return true; 4097 } 4098 } 4099 4100 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4101 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4102 Decl * 4103 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4104 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4105 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4106 AnonRecord); 4107 } 4108 4109 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4110 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4111 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4112 // compatibility. 4113 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4114 // targeted. 4115 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4116 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4117 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4118 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4119 } 4120 4121 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4122 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4123 return; 4124 4125 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4126 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4127 // it is anonymous. 4128 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4129 return; 4130 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4131 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4132 Context.setManglingNumber( 4133 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4134 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4135 return; 4136 } 4137 4138 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4139 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4140 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4141 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4142 Context.setManglingNumber( 4143 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4144 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4145 } 4146 } 4147 4148 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4149 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4150 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4151 return; 4152 4153 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4154 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4155 return; 4156 4157 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4158 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4159 4160 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4161 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4162 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4163 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4164 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4165 return; 4166 } 4167 4168 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4169 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4170 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4171 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4172 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4173 // for how to handle it. 4174 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4175 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4176 4177 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4178 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4179 4180 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4181 textToInsert += ' '; 4182 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4183 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4184 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4185 return; 4186 } 4187 4188 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4189 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4190 } 4191 4192 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4193 switch (T) { 4194 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4195 return 0; 4196 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4197 return 1; 4198 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4199 return 2; 4200 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4201 return 3; 4202 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4203 return 4; 4204 default: 4205 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4206 } 4207 } 4208 4209 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4210 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4211 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4212 Decl * 4213 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4214 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4215 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4216 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4217 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4218 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4219 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4220 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4221 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4222 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4223 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4224 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4225 4226 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4227 return nullptr; 4228 4229 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4230 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4231 // it's a Type. 4232 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4233 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4234 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4235 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4236 } 4237 4238 if (Tag) { 4239 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4240 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4241 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4242 return Tag; 4243 } 4244 4245 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4246 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4247 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4248 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4249 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4250 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4251 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4252 } 4253 4254 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4255 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4256 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4257 4258 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4259 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4260 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4261 if (Tag) 4262 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4263 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4264 else 4265 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4266 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4267 return TagD; 4268 } 4269 4270 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4271 4272 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4273 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4274 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4275 if (TagD && !Tag) 4276 return nullptr; 4277 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4278 } 4279 4280 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4281 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4282 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4283 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4284 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4285 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4286 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4287 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4288 // or an explicit specialization. 4289 // 4290 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4291 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4292 // 4293 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4294 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4295 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4296 return nullptr; 4297 } 4298 4299 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4300 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4301 4302 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4303 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4304 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4305 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4307 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4308 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4309 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4310 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4311 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4312 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4313 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4314 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4315 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4316 AnonRecord = Record; 4317 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4318 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4319 } 4320 4321 DeclaresAnything = false; 4322 } 4323 } 4324 4325 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4326 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4327 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4328 // 4329 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4330 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4331 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4332 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4333 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4334 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4335 // struct STRUCT; 4336 // union UNION; 4337 // and 4338 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4339 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4340 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4341 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4342 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4343 if (Tag) 4344 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4345 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4346 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4347 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4348 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4349 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4350 4351 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4352 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4353 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4354 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4355 } 4356 4357 DeclaresAnything = false; 4358 } 4359 } 4360 4361 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4362 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4363 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4364 return TagD; 4365 4366 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4367 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4368 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4369 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4370 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4371 DeclaresAnything = false; 4372 4373 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4374 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4375 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4376 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4377 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4378 else 4379 DeclaresAnything = false; 4380 } 4381 4382 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4383 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4384 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4385 << Tag->getTagKind() 4386 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4387 4388 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4389 4390 // C 6.7/2: 4391 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4392 // or the members of an enumeration. 4393 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4394 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4395 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4396 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4397 // previous declaration. 4398 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4399 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4400 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4401 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4402 return TagD; 4403 } 4404 4405 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4406 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4407 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4408 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4409 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4410 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4411 // 4412 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4413 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4414 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4415 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4416 4417 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4418 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4419 // useless. 4420 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4421 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4422 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4423 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4424 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4425 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4426 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4427 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4428 } 4429 4430 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4431 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4432 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4433 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4434 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4435 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4436 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4437 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4438 // Restrict is covered above. 4439 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4440 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4441 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4442 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4443 } 4444 4445 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4446 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4447 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4448 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4449 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4450 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4451 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4452 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4453 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4454 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4455 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4456 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4457 << AL.getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4458 } 4459 } 4460 4461 return TagD; 4462 } 4463 4464 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4465 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4466 /// 4467 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4468 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4469 Scope *S, 4470 DeclContext *Owner, 4471 DeclarationName Name, 4472 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4473 bool IsUnion) { 4474 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4475 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4476 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4477 4478 // Pick a representative declaration. 4479 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4480 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4481 4482 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4483 return false; 4484 4485 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4486 << IsUnion << Name; 4487 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4488 4489 return true; 4490 } 4491 4492 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4493 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4494 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4495 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4496 /// struct, e.g., 4497 /// 4498 /// @code 4499 /// union { 4500 /// int i; 4501 /// float f; 4502 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4503 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4504 /// @endcode 4505 /// 4506 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4507 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4508 static bool 4509 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4510 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4511 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4512 bool Invalid = false; 4513 4514 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4515 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4516 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4517 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4518 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4519 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4520 VD->getLocation(), 4521 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4522 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4523 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4524 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4525 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4526 Invalid = true; 4527 } else { 4528 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4529 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4530 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4531 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4532 // anonymous union is declared. 4533 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4534 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4535 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4536 else 4537 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4538 4539 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4540 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4541 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4542 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4543 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4544 4545 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4546 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4547 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4548 4549 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4550 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4551 4552 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4553 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4554 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4555 4556 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4557 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4558 4559 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4560 } 4561 } 4562 } 4563 4564 return Invalid; 4565 } 4566 4567 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4568 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4569 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4570 static StorageClass 4571 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4572 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4573 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4574 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4575 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4576 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4577 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4578 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4579 return SC_None; 4580 return SC_Extern; 4581 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4582 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4583 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4584 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4585 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4586 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4587 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4588 } 4589 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4590 } 4591 4592 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4593 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4594 4595 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4596 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4597 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4598 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4599 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4600 return FD->getLocation(); 4601 } 4602 4603 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4604 } 4605 4606 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4607 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4608 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4609 return; 4610 4611 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4612 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4613 } 4614 4615 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4616 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4617 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4618 return; 4619 4620 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4621 } 4622 4623 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4624 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4625 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4626 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4627 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4628 AccessSpecifier AS, 4629 RecordDecl *Record, 4630 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4631 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4632 4633 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4634 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4635 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4636 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4637 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4638 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4639 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4640 4641 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4642 // structs/unions. 4643 bool Invalid = false; 4644 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4645 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4646 unsigned DiagID; 4647 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4648 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4649 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4650 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4651 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4652 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4653 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4654 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4655 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4656 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 4657 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4658 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4659 4660 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4661 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4662 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4663 } 4664 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4665 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4666 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4667 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4668 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4669 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4670 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4671 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4672 4673 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4674 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4675 SourceLocation(), 4676 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4677 } 4678 } 4679 4680 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4681 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4682 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4683 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4684 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4685 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4686 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4687 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4688 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4689 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4690 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4691 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4692 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4693 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4694 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4695 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4696 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4697 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4698 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4699 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4700 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4701 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4702 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4703 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4704 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4705 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4706 4707 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4708 } 4709 4710 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4711 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4712 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4713 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4714 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4715 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4716 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4717 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4718 // members (clause 11). 4719 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4720 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4721 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4722 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4723 Invalid = true; 4724 } 4725 4726 // C++ [class.union]p1 4727 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4728 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4729 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4730 // array of such objects. 4731 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4732 Invalid = true; 4733 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4734 // Any implicit members are fine. 4735 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4736 // This is a type that showed up in an 4737 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4738 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4739 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4740 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4741 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4742 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4743 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4744 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4745 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4746 << Record->isUnion(); 4747 else { 4748 // This is a nested type declaration. 4749 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4750 << Record->isUnion(); 4751 Invalid = true; 4752 } 4753 } else { 4754 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4755 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4756 // not part of standard C++. 4757 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4758 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4759 << Record->isUnion(); 4760 } 4761 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4762 // Any access specifier is fine. 4763 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4764 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4765 } else { 4766 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4767 // member. Complain about it. 4768 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4769 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4770 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4771 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4772 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4773 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4774 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4775 4776 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4777 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4778 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4779 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4780 << Record->isUnion(); 4781 else { 4782 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4783 Invalid = true; 4784 } 4785 } 4786 } 4787 4788 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4789 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4790 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4791 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4792 Owner->isRecord()) 4793 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4794 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4795 } 4796 4797 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4798 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4799 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4800 Invalid = true; 4801 } 4802 4803 // Mock up a declarator. 4804 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); 4805 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4806 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4807 4808 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4809 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4810 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4811 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4812 DS.getLocStart(), 4813 Record->getLocation(), 4814 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4815 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4816 TInfo, 4817 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4818 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4819 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4821 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4822 } else { 4823 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4824 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4825 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4826 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4827 // an error here 4828 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4829 Invalid = true; 4830 SC = SC_None; 4831 } 4832 4833 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4834 DS.getLocStart(), 4835 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4836 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4837 TInfo, SC); 4838 4839 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4840 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4841 // initializer: 4842 // union { int n = 0; }; 4843 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4844 } 4845 Anon->setImplicit(); 4846 4847 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4848 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4849 4850 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4851 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4852 // its members. 4853 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4854 4855 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4856 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4857 // purposes. 4858 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4859 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4860 4861 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4862 Invalid = true; 4863 4864 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4865 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4866 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4867 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4868 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4869 Context.setManglingNumber( 4870 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4871 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4872 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4873 } 4874 } 4875 } 4876 4877 if (Invalid) 4878 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4879 4880 return Anon; 4881 } 4882 4883 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4884 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4885 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4886 /// Example: 4887 /// 4888 /// struct A { int a; }; 4889 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4890 /// 4891 /// void foo() { 4892 /// B var; 4893 /// var.a = 3; 4894 /// } 4895 /// 4896 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4897 RecordDecl *Record) { 4898 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4899 4900 // Mock up a declarator. 4901 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); 4902 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4903 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4904 4905 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4906 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4907 4908 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4909 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4910 ParentDecl, 4911 DS.getLocStart(), 4912 DS.getLocStart(), 4913 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4914 RecTy, 4915 TInfo, 4916 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4917 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4918 Anon->setImplicit(); 4919 4920 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4921 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4922 4923 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4924 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4925 // purposes. 4926 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4927 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4928 4929 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4930 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4931 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4932 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4933 AS_none, Chain)) { 4934 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4935 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4936 } 4937 4938 return Anon; 4939 } 4940 4941 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4942 /// given Declarator. 4943 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4944 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4945 } 4946 4947 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4948 DeclarationNameInfo 4949 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4950 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4951 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4952 4953 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4954 4955 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4956 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 4957 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4958 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4959 return NameInfo; 4960 4961 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4962 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4963 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4964 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4965 // of the simple-template-id. 4966 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4967 // class template. 4968 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4969 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4970 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4971 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4972 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4973 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4974 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4975 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4976 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4977 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4978 if (Template) 4979 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4980 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4981 } 4982 4983 NameInfo.setName( 4984 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4985 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4986 return NameInfo; 4987 } 4988 4989 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4990 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4991 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4992 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4993 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4994 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4995 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4996 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4997 return NameInfo; 4998 4999 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5000 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5001 Name.Identifier)); 5002 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5003 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5004 return NameInfo; 5005 5006 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5007 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5008 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5009 if (Ty.isNull()) 5010 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5011 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5012 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5013 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5014 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5015 return NameInfo; 5016 } 5017 5018 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5019 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5020 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5021 if (Ty.isNull()) 5022 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5023 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5024 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5025 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5026 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5027 return NameInfo; 5028 } 5029 5030 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5031 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5032 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5033 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5034 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5035 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5036 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5037 5038 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5039 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5040 5041 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5042 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5043 // was qualified. 5044 5045 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5046 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5047 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5048 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5049 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5050 return NameInfo; 5051 } 5052 5053 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5054 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5055 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5056 if (Ty.isNull()) 5057 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5058 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5059 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5060 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5061 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5062 return NameInfo; 5063 } 5064 5065 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5066 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5067 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5068 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5069 } 5070 5071 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5072 5073 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5074 } 5075 5076 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5077 do { 5078 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5079 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5080 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5081 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5082 else 5083 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5084 } while (true); 5085 } 5086 5087 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5088 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5089 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5090 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5091 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5092 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5093 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5094 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5095 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5096 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5097 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5098 Params.clear(); 5099 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5100 return false; 5101 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5102 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5103 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5104 5105 // The parameter types are identical 5106 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5107 continue; 5108 5109 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5110 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5111 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5112 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5113 5114 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5115 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5116 Params.push_back(Idx); 5117 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5118 return false; 5119 } 5120 5121 return true; 5122 } 5123 5124 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5125 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5126 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5127 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5128 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5129 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5130 DeclarationName Name) { 5131 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5132 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5133 // - types which will become injected class names 5134 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5135 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5136 // few cases here. 5137 5138 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5139 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5140 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5141 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5142 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5143 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5144 // Grab the type from the parser. 5145 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5146 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5147 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5148 5149 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5150 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5151 // attached already. 5152 if (!TSI) 5153 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5154 5155 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5156 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5157 if (!TSI) return true; 5158 5159 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5160 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5161 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5162 break; 5163 } 5164 5165 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5166 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5167 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5168 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5169 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5170 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5171 break; 5172 } 5173 5174 default: 5175 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5176 break; 5177 } 5178 5179 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5180 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5181 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5182 5183 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5184 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5185 // pointer. 5186 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5187 continue; 5188 5189 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5190 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5191 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5192 return true; 5193 } 5194 5195 return false; 5196 } 5197 5198 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5199 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5200 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5201 5202 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5203 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5204 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5205 5206 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5207 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5208 5209 return Dcl; 5210 } 5211 5212 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5213 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5214 /// name different from T: 5215 /// - every static data member of class T; 5216 /// - every member function of class T 5217 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5218 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5219 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5220 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5221 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5222 5223 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5224 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5225 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5226 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5227 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5228 return true; 5229 } 5230 5231 return false; 5232 } 5233 5234 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5235 /// nested-name-specifier. 5236 /// 5237 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5238 /// 5239 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5240 /// resolves. 5241 /// 5242 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5243 /// 5244 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5245 /// 5246 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5247 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5248 /// 5249 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5250 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5251 DeclarationName Name, 5252 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5253 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5254 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5255 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5256 5257 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5258 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5259 // 5260 // class X { 5261 // void X::f(); 5262 // }; 5263 // 5264 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5265 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5266 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5267 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5268 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5269 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5270 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5271 SS.clear(); 5272 } else { 5273 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5274 } 5275 return false; 5276 } 5277 5278 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5279 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5280 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5281 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5282 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5283 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5284 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5285 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5286 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5287 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5288 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5289 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5290 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5291 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5292 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5293 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5294 else 5295 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5296 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5297 5298 return true; 5299 } 5300 5301 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5302 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5303 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5304 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5305 SS.clear(); 5306 5307 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5308 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5309 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5310 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5311 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5312 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5313 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5314 return true; 5315 5316 return false; 5317 } 5318 5319 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5320 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5321 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5322 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5323 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5324 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5325 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5326 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5328 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5329 5330 return false; 5331 } 5332 5333 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5334 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5335 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5336 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5337 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5338 5339 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5340 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5341 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5342 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5343 } else if (!Name) { 5344 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5345 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5346 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5347 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5348 return nullptr; 5349 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5350 return nullptr; 5351 5352 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5353 // we find one that is. 5354 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5355 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5356 S = S->getParent(); 5357 5358 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5359 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5360 D.setInvalidType(); 5361 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5362 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5363 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5364 return nullptr; 5365 5366 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5367 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5368 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5369 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5370 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5371 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5372 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5373 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5374 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5375 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5376 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5377 return nullptr; 5378 } 5379 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5380 5381 if (!IsDependentContext && 5382 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5383 return nullptr; 5384 5385 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5386 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5388 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5389 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5390 return nullptr; 5391 } 5392 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5393 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5394 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5395 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5396 if (DC->isRecord()) 5397 return nullptr; 5398 5399 D.setInvalidType(); 5400 } 5401 } 5402 5403 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5404 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5405 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5406 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5407 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5408 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5409 D.setInvalidType(); 5410 } 5411 } 5412 5413 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5414 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5415 5416 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5417 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5418 D.setInvalidType(); 5419 5420 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5421 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5422 5423 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5424 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5425 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5426 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5427 5428 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5429 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5430 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5431 // 5432 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5433 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5434 // the same name. 5435 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5436 /* Do nothing*/; 5437 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5438 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5439 R->isFunctionType())) { 5440 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5441 CreateBuiltins = 5442 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5443 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5444 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5445 CreateBuiltins = true; 5446 5447 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5448 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5449 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5450 } 5451 5452 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5453 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5454 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5455 5456 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5457 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5458 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5459 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5460 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5461 // thereof; [...] 5462 // 5463 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5464 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5465 // we want to match. For example, given: 5466 // 5467 // class X { 5468 // void f(); 5469 // void f(float); 5470 // }; 5471 // 5472 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5473 // 5474 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5475 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5476 // matches. 5477 5478 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5479 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5480 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5481 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5482 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5483 } 5484 5485 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5486 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5487 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5488 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5489 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5490 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5491 5492 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5493 Previous.clear(); 5494 } 5495 5496 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5497 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5498 Previous.clear(); 5499 5500 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5501 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5502 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5503 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5504 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5505 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5506 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5507 Previous.clear(); 5508 5509 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5510 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5511 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5512 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5513 5514 NamedDecl *New; 5515 5516 bool AddToScope = true; 5517 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5518 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5519 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5520 return nullptr; 5521 } 5522 5523 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5524 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5525 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5526 TemplateParamLists, 5527 AddToScope); 5528 } else { 5529 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5530 AddToScope); 5531 } 5532 5533 if (!New) 5534 return nullptr; 5535 5536 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5537 // add it to the scope stack. 5538 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5539 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5540 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5541 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5542 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5543 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5544 if (!AddToContext) 5545 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5546 } 5547 5548 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5549 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5550 5551 return New; 5552 } 5553 5554 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5555 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5556 /// GCC compatibility). 5557 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5558 ASTContext &Context, 5559 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5560 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5561 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5562 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5563 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5564 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5565 SizeIsNegative = false; 5566 Oversized = 0; 5567 5568 if (T->isDependentType()) 5569 return QualType(); 5570 5571 QualifierCollector Qs; 5572 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5573 5574 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5575 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5576 QualType FixedType = 5577 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5578 Oversized); 5579 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5580 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5581 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5582 } 5583 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5584 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5585 QualType FixedType = 5586 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5587 Oversized); 5588 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5589 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5590 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5591 } 5592 5593 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5594 if (!VLATy) 5595 return QualType(); 5596 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5597 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5598 return QualType(); 5599 5600 llvm::APSInt Res; 5601 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5602 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5603 return QualType(); 5604 5605 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5606 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5607 SizeIsNegative = true; 5608 return QualType(); 5609 } 5610 5611 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5612 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5613 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5614 Res); 5615 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5616 Oversized = Res; 5617 return QualType(); 5618 } 5619 5620 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5621 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5622 } 5623 5624 static void 5625 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5626 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5627 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5628 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5629 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5630 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5631 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5632 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5633 return; 5634 } 5635 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5636 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5637 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5638 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5639 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5640 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5641 return; 5642 } 5643 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5644 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5645 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5646 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5647 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5648 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5649 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5650 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5651 } 5652 5653 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5654 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5655 /// GCC compatibility). 5656 static TypeSourceInfo* 5657 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5658 ASTContext &Context, 5659 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5660 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5661 QualType FixedTy 5662 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5663 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5664 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5665 return nullptr; 5666 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5667 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5668 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5669 return FixedTInfo; 5670 } 5671 5672 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5673 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5674 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5675 /// function-scope declarations. 5676 void 5677 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5678 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5679 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5680 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5681 return; 5682 5683 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5684 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5685 } 5686 5687 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5688 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5689 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5690 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5691 } 5692 5693 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5694 /// does not identify a function. 5695 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5696 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5697 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5698 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5699 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5700 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5701 5702 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5703 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5704 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5705 5706 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5707 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5708 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5709 } 5710 5711 NamedDecl* 5712 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5714 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5715 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5716 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5717 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5718 D.setInvalidType(); 5719 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5720 DC = CurContext; 5721 Previous.clear(); 5722 } 5723 5724 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5725 5726 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5727 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5728 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 5729 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5730 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5731 << 1; 5732 5733 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 5734 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5735 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5736 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5737 << "typedef"; 5738 else 5739 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5740 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5741 return nullptr; 5742 } 5743 5744 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5745 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5746 5747 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5748 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5749 5750 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5751 5752 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5753 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5754 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5755 return ND; 5756 } 5757 5758 void 5759 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5760 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5761 // then it shall have block scope. 5762 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5763 // that redeclarations will match. 5764 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5765 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5766 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5767 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5768 5769 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5770 bool SizeIsNegative; 5771 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5772 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5773 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5774 SizeIsNegative, 5775 Oversized); 5776 if (FixedTInfo) { 5777 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5778 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5779 } else { 5780 if (SizeIsNegative) 5781 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5782 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5783 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5784 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5785 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5786 << Oversized.toString(10); 5787 else 5788 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5789 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5790 } 5791 } 5792 } 5793 } 5794 5795 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5796 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5797 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5798 NamedDecl* 5799 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5800 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5801 5802 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5803 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5804 5805 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5806 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5807 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5808 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5809 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5810 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5811 Redeclaration = true; 5812 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5813 } 5814 5815 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5816 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5817 5818 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5819 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5820 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5821 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5822 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5823 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5824 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5825 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5826 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5827 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5828 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5829 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5830 } 5831 5832 return NewTD; 5833 } 5834 5835 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5836 /// previous declaration. 5837 /// 5838 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5839 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5840 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5841 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5842 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5843 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5844 /// 5845 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5846 /// lookup 5847 /// 5848 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5849 /// declared. 5850 /// 5851 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5852 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5853 static bool 5854 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5855 ASTContext &Context) { 5856 if (!PrevDecl) 5857 return false; 5858 5859 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5860 return false; 5861 5862 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5863 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5864 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5865 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5866 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5867 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5868 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5869 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5870 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5871 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5872 return false; 5873 5874 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5875 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5876 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5877 return false; 5878 5879 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5880 // previous declarations. 5881 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5882 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5883 5884 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5885 // isn't the same function. 5886 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5887 return false; 5888 } 5889 5890 return true; 5891 } 5892 5893 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5894 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5895 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5896 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5897 } 5898 5899 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5900 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5901 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5902 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5903 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5904 unsigned kind = -1U; 5905 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5906 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5907 kind = 0; // __block 5908 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5909 kind = 1; // global 5910 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5911 kind = 3; // ivar 5912 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5913 kind = 2; // field 5914 } 5915 5916 if (kind != -1U) { 5917 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5918 << kind; 5919 } 5920 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5921 // Try to infer lifetime. 5922 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5923 return false; 5924 5925 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5926 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5927 decl->setType(type); 5928 } 5929 5930 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5931 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5932 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5933 var->getTLSKind()) { 5934 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5935 << var->getType(); 5936 return true; 5937 } 5938 } 5939 5940 return false; 5941 } 5942 5943 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5944 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5945 // the wrong linkage. 5946 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5947 5948 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5949 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5950 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5951 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5952 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5953 } 5954 } 5955 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5956 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5957 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5958 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5959 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5960 } 5961 } 5962 5963 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5964 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5965 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5966 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5967 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5968 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5969 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5970 } 5971 } 5972 } 5973 5974 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5975 // It does not apply to functions. 5976 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5977 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5978 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5979 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5980 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5981 } 5982 } 5983 5984 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5985 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5986 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5987 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5988 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5989 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5990 << &ND << Attr; 5991 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5992 } 5993 } 5994 5995 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5996 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5997 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5998 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5999 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 6000 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 6001 << Attr; 6002 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 6003 } 6004 6005 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6006 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6007 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6008 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6009 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6010 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6011 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6012 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6013 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6014 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6015 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6016 // by applying it to the function type. 6017 if (ATL.getAttrKind() == AttributedType::attr_lifetimebound) { 6018 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6019 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6020 S.Diag(ATL.getAttrNameLoc(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6021 << !MD << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); 6022 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6023 S.Diag(ATL.getAttrNameLoc(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6024 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); 6025 } 6026 } 6027 } 6028 } 6029 } 6030 6031 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6032 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6033 bool IsSpecialization, 6034 bool IsDefinition) { 6035 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6036 return; 6037 6038 bool IsTemplate = false; 6039 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6040 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6041 IsTemplate = true; 6042 if (!IsSpecialization) 6043 IsDefinition = false; 6044 } 6045 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6046 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6047 IsTemplate = true; 6048 } 6049 6050 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6051 return; 6052 6053 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6054 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6055 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6056 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6057 6058 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6059 // inherited attribute instances. 6060 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6061 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6062 6063 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6064 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6065 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6066 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6067 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6068 6069 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6070 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6071 bool JustWarn = false; 6072 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6073 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6074 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6075 JustWarn = true; 6076 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6077 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6078 JustWarn = true; 6079 } 6080 6081 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6082 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6083 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6084 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6085 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6086 JustWarn = false; 6087 6088 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6089 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6090 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6091 << NewDecl 6092 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6093 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6094 if (!JustWarn) { 6095 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6096 return; 6097 } 6098 } 6099 6100 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6101 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6102 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6103 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6104 // it were marked dllexport. 6105 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6106 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6107 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6108 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6109 // separately. 6110 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6111 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6112 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6113 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6114 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6115 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6116 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6117 } 6118 6119 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6120 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6121 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6122 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6123 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6124 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6125 << NewDecl; 6126 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6127 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6128 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 6129 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6130 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6131 } else { 6132 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6133 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6134 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6135 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6136 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6137 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6138 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6139 } 6140 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6141 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6142 // attribute. 6143 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6144 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6145 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6146 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6147 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6148 } 6149 6150 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6151 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6152 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6153 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6154 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6155 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6156 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6157 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6158 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6159 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6160 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6161 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6162 } 6163 } 6164 } 6165 } 6166 6167 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6168 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6169 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6170 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6171 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6172 6173 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6174 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6175 6176 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6177 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6178 return false; 6179 6180 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6181 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6182 } 6183 6184 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6185 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6186 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6187 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6188 /// 6189 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6190 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6191 /// 6192 /// For instance: 6193 /// 6194 /// auto x = []{}; 6195 /// 6196 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6197 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6198 /// 6199 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6200 template<typename T> 6201 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6202 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6203 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6204 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6205 return false; 6206 6207 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6208 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6209 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6210 return false; 6211 } 6212 return D->isExternC(); 6213 } 6214 6215 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6216 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6217 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6218 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6219 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6220 return true; 6221 if (DC->isRecord()) 6222 return false; 6223 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6224 } 6225 6226 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6227 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6228 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6229 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6230 return true; 6231 if (DC->isRecord()) 6232 return false; 6233 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6234 } 6235 6236 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6237 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6238 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6239 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6240 return true; 6241 6242 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6243 // position to the decl itself. 6244 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6245 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6246 return true; 6247 } 6248 6249 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6250 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6251 } 6252 6253 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6254 /// function-local external declaration. 6255 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6256 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6257 return false; 6258 6259 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6260 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6261 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6262 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6263 return true; 6264 6265 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6266 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6267 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6268 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6269 // 6270 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6271 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6272 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6273 DC = DC->getParent(); 6274 return true; 6275 } 6276 6277 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6278 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6279 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6280 return FD->isExternC(); 6281 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6282 return VD->isExternC(); 6283 6284 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6285 } 6286 6287 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6288 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6289 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6290 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6291 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6292 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6293 6294 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6295 6296 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6297 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6298 // purposes. 6299 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6300 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6301 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6302 Name = II; 6303 } 6304 } else if (!II) { 6305 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6306 return nullptr; 6307 } 6308 6309 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6310 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6311 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6312 // argument. 6313 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6314 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6315 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6316 << R; 6317 D.setInvalidType(); 6318 return nullptr; 6319 } 6320 6321 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6322 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6323 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6324 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6325 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6326 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6327 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6328 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6329 D.setInvalidType(); 6330 return nullptr; 6331 } 6332 } 6333 6334 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6335 QualType NR = R; 6336 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6337 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6338 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6339 D.setInvalidType(); 6340 break; 6341 } 6342 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6343 } 6344 6345 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6346 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6347 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6348 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6349 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6350 D.setInvalidType(); 6351 } 6352 } 6353 6354 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6355 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6356 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6357 // space qualifiers. 6358 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6359 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6360 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6361 } 6362 6363 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6364 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6365 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6366 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6367 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6368 R.isConstQualified())) { 6369 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6370 D.setInvalidType(); 6371 } 6372 } 6373 6374 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6375 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6376 // address space qualifiers. 6377 if (R->isEventT()) { 6378 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6379 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6380 D.setInvalidType(); 6381 } 6382 } 6383 6384 // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the thread_local storage qualifier is not 6385 // supported. OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6386 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6387 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6388 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6389 bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6390 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6391 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6392 << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6393 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6394 D.setInvalidType(); 6395 return nullptr; 6396 } 6397 } 6398 6399 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6400 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6401 6402 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6403 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6404 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6405 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6406 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6407 SC = SC_Extern; 6408 6409 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6410 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6411 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6412 6413 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6414 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6415 // an error here 6416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6417 D.setInvalidType(); 6418 SC = SC_None; 6419 } 6420 6421 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6422 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6423 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6424 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6425 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6426 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6427 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6428 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6429 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6430 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6431 } 6432 6433 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6434 6435 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6436 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6437 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6438 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6439 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6440 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6441 D.setInvalidType(); 6442 } 6443 } 6444 6445 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6446 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6447 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6448 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6449 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6450 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6451 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6452 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6453 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6454 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6455 R, TInfo, SC); 6456 6457 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6458 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6459 6460 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6461 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6462 } else { 6463 bool Invalid = false; 6464 6465 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6466 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6467 switch (SC) { 6468 case SC_None: 6469 break; 6470 case SC_Static: 6471 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6472 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6473 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6474 break; 6475 case SC_Auto: 6476 case SC_Register: 6477 case SC_Extern: 6478 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6479 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6480 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6481 // of class members 6482 6483 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6484 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6485 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6486 break; 6487 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6488 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6489 } 6490 } 6491 6492 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6493 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6494 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6495 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6496 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6497 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6498 6499 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6500 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6501 if (RD->isUnion()) 6502 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6503 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6504 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6505 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6506 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6507 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6508 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6509 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6510 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6511 } 6512 } 6513 6514 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6515 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6516 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6517 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6518 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6519 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6520 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6521 : nullptr, 6522 TemplateParamLists, 6523 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6524 6525 if (TemplateParams) { 6526 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6527 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6528 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6529 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6530 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6531 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6532 << II 6533 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6534 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6535 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6536 } else { 6537 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6538 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6539 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6540 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6541 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6542 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6543 // This is a template declaration. 6544 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6545 6546 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6547 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6548 return nullptr; 6549 6550 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6551 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6552 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6553 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6554 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6555 } 6556 } 6557 } else { 6558 assert((Invalid || 6559 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 6560 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6561 } 6562 6563 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6564 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6565 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6566 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6567 : SourceLocation(); 6568 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6569 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6570 IsPartialSpecialization); 6571 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6572 return nullptr; 6573 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6574 AddToScope = false; 6575 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6576 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6577 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6578 Bindings); 6579 } else 6580 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6581 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6582 6583 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6584 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6585 NewTemplate = 6586 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6587 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6588 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6589 } 6590 6591 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6592 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6593 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6594 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6595 6596 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6597 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6598 if (NewTemplate) 6599 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6600 } 6601 6602 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6603 6604 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6605 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6606 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6607 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6608 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6609 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6610 6611 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6612 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6613 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6614 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6615 // implicitly an inline variable. 6616 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) 6617 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6618 } 6619 } 6620 6621 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6622 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6623 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6624 << 0; 6625 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6626 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6627 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6628 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6629 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6630 } else { 6631 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6632 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6633 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6634 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6635 } 6636 } 6637 6638 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6639 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6640 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6641 if (NewTemplate) 6642 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6643 6644 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6645 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6646 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6647 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6648 else 6649 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6650 } 6651 6652 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6653 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6654 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6655 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6656 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6657 // explicitly. 6658 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6659 // 'extern'. 6660 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6661 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6662 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6663 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6664 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6665 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6666 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6667 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6668 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6669 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6670 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6671 // error should be ignored. 6672 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6673 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6674 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6675 // to emit any code for it. 6676 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6677 } else 6678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6679 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6680 } else 6681 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6682 } 6683 6684 // C99 6.7.4p3 6685 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6686 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6687 // thread storage duration... 6688 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6689 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6690 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6691 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6692 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6693 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6694 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6695 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6696 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6697 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6698 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6699 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6700 } 6701 } 6702 6703 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6704 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6705 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6706 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6707 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6708 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6709 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6710 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6711 << 2 6712 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6713 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6714 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6715 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6716 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6717 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6718 else { 6719 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6720 if (NewTemplate) 6721 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6722 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6723 B->setModulePrivate(); 6724 } 6725 } 6726 6727 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6728 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6729 6730 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6731 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6732 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6733 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6734 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6735 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6736 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6737 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6738 // storage [duration]." 6739 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6740 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6741 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6742 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6743 } 6744 } 6745 6746 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6747 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6748 // check the VarDecl itself. 6749 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6750 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6751 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6752 6753 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6754 // retainable type. 6755 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6756 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6757 6758 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6759 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6760 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6761 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6762 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6763 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6764 switch (SC) { 6765 case SC_None: 6766 case SC_Auto: 6767 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6768 break; 6769 case SC_Register: 6770 // Local Named register 6771 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6772 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6773 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6774 break; 6775 case SC_Static: 6776 case SC_Extern: 6777 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6778 break; 6779 } 6780 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6781 // Global Named register 6782 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6783 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6784 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6785 6786 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6787 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6788 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6789 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6790 HasSizeMismatch)) 6791 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6792 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6793 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6794 } 6795 6796 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6797 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6798 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6799 } 6800 } 6801 6802 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6803 Context, Label, 0)); 6804 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6805 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6806 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6807 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6808 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6809 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6810 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6811 } else 6812 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6813 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6814 } 6815 } 6816 6817 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6818 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6819 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6820 : nullptr; 6821 6822 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6823 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6824 // declaration has linkage). 6825 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6826 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6827 IsMemberSpecialization || 6828 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6829 6830 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6831 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6832 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6833 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6834 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6835 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6836 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6837 6838 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6839 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6840 } else { 6841 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6842 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6843 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6844 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6845 6846 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6847 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6848 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6849 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6850 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6851 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6852 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6853 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6854 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6855 Previous.clear(); 6856 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6857 } 6858 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6859 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6860 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6861 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6862 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6863 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6864 } 6865 6866 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6867 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6868 6869 if (NewTemplate) { 6870 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6871 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6872 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6873 : nullptr; 6874 6875 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6876 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6877 // template declaration. 6878 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6879 TemplateParams, 6880 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6881 : nullptr, 6882 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6883 DC->isDependentContext()) 6884 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6885 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6886 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6887 6888 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6889 // template, make a note of that. 6890 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6891 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6892 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6893 } 6894 } 6895 6896 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6897 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6898 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6899 6900 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6901 6902 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6903 // the map of such variables. 6904 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6905 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6906 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6907 6908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6909 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6910 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6911 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6912 Context.setManglingNumber( 6913 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6914 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6915 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6916 } 6917 } 6918 6919 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6920 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6921 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6922 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6923 6924 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6925 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6926 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6927 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6928 6929 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6930 // behavior. 6931 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6932 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6933 } 6934 6935 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6936 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6937 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 6938 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6939 } 6940 6941 if (NewTemplate) { 6942 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6943 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6944 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6945 return NewTemplate; 6946 } 6947 6948 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6949 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6950 6951 return NewVD; 6952 } 6953 6954 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6955 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6956 SDK_Local, 6957 SDK_Global, 6958 SDK_StaticMember, 6959 SDK_Field, 6960 SDK_Typedef, 6961 SDK_Using 6962 }; 6963 6964 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6965 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6966 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6967 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6968 return SDK_Using; 6969 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6970 return SDK_Typedef; 6971 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6972 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6973 6974 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6975 } 6976 6977 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6978 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6979 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6980 const VarDecl *VD) { 6981 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6982 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6983 return Capture.getLocation(); 6984 } 6985 return SourceLocation(); 6986 } 6987 6988 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6989 const LookupResult &R) { 6990 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6991 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6992 return false; 6993 6994 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6995 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6996 } 6997 6998 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6999 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7000 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7001 const LookupResult &R) { 7002 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7003 return nullptr; 7004 7005 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7006 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7007 return nullptr; 7008 7009 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7010 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 7011 ? ShadowedDecl 7012 : nullptr; 7013 } 7014 7015 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7016 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7017 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7018 const LookupResult &R) { 7019 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7020 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7021 return nullptr; 7022 7023 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7024 return nullptr; 7025 7026 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7027 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7028 } 7029 7030 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7031 /// -Wshadow. 7032 /// 7033 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7034 /// scope. 7035 /// 7036 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7037 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7038 /// 7039 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7040 const LookupResult &R) { 7041 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7042 7043 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7044 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7045 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7046 if (MD->isStatic()) 7047 return; 7048 7049 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7050 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7051 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7052 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7053 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7054 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7055 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7056 return; 7057 } 7058 } 7059 7060 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7061 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7062 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7063 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7064 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7065 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7066 ShadowedDecl = I; 7067 break; 7068 } 7069 } 7070 7071 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7072 7073 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7074 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7075 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7076 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7077 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7078 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7079 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7080 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7081 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7082 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7083 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7084 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7085 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7086 } else { 7087 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7088 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7089 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7090 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7091 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7092 return; 7093 } 7094 } 7095 7096 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7097 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7098 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7099 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7100 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7101 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7102 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7103 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7104 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7105 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7106 return; 7107 } 7108 } 7109 } 7110 } 7111 } 7112 7113 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7114 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7115 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7116 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7117 return; 7118 7119 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7120 // static data members from base classes? 7121 7122 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7123 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7124 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7125 } 7126 7127 7128 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7129 7130 // Emit warning and note. 7131 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7132 return; 7133 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7134 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7135 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7136 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7137 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7138 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7139 } 7140 7141 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7142 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7143 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7144 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7145 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7146 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7147 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7148 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7149 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7150 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7151 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7152 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7153 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7154 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7155 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7156 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7157 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7158 } 7159 } 7160 7161 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7162 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7163 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7164 return; 7165 7166 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7167 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7168 LookupName(R, S); 7169 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7170 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7171 } 7172 7173 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7174 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7175 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7176 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7177 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7178 return; 7179 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7180 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7181 if (!DRE) 7182 return; 7183 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7184 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7185 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7186 return; 7187 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7188 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7189 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7190 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7191 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7192 7193 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7194 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7195 } 7196 7197 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7198 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7199 template<typename T> 7200 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7201 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7202 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7203 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7204 7205 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7206 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7207 // declaration. 7208 return false; 7209 } 7210 7211 if (Prev) { 7212 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7213 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7214 // redeclaration. 7215 Previous.clear(); 7216 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7217 return true; 7218 } 7219 7220 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7221 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7222 // declaration. 7223 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7224 return false; 7225 } else { 7226 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7227 // translation unit which might conflict. 7228 if (IsGlobal) { 7229 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7230 IsGlobal = false; 7231 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7232 I != E; ++I) { 7233 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7234 Prev = *I; 7235 break; 7236 } 7237 } 7238 } else { 7239 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7240 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7241 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7242 I != E; ++I) { 7243 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7244 Prev = *I; 7245 break; 7246 } 7247 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7248 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7249 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7250 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7251 // diagnostic. 7252 } 7253 } 7254 7255 if (!Prev) 7256 return false; 7257 } 7258 7259 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7260 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7261 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7262 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7263 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7264 else 7265 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7266 7267 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7268 << IsGlobal << ND; 7269 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7270 << IsGlobal; 7271 return false; 7272 } 7273 7274 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7275 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7276 /// 7277 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7278 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7279 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7280 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7281 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7282 template<typename T> 7283 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7284 LookupResult &Previous) { 7285 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7286 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7287 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7288 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7289 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7290 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7291 Previous.clear(); 7292 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7293 return true; 7294 } 7295 } 7296 return false; 7297 } 7298 7299 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7300 // declaration. 7301 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7302 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7303 7304 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7305 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7306 // in another scope. 7307 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7308 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7309 7310 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7311 return false; 7312 } 7313 7314 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7315 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7316 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7317 return; 7318 7319 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7320 7321 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7322 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7323 return; 7324 7325 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7326 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7327 7328 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7329 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7330 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7331 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7332 NewVD->setType(T); 7333 } 7334 7335 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7336 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7337 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7338 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7339 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7340 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7341 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7342 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7343 return; 7344 } 7345 7346 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7347 // scope. 7348 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7349 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7350 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7351 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7352 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7353 return; 7354 } 7355 7356 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7357 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7358 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7359 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7360 return; 7361 } 7362 7363 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7364 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7365 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7366 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7367 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7368 << 0 /*const*/; 7369 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7370 return; 7371 } 7372 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7373 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7374 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7375 return; 7376 } 7377 } 7378 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7379 // __constant address space. 7380 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7381 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7382 // address space. 7383 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7384 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7385 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7386 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7387 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7388 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7389 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7390 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7391 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7392 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7393 else 7394 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7395 << Scope << "constant"; 7396 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7397 return; 7398 } 7399 } else { 7400 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7401 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7402 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7403 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7404 return; 7405 } 7406 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7407 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7408 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7409 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7410 // in functions. 7411 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7412 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7413 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7414 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7415 else 7416 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7417 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7418 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7419 return; 7420 } 7421 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7422 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7423 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7424 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7425 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7427 << "constant"; 7428 else 7429 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7430 << "local"; 7431 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7432 return; 7433 } 7434 } 7435 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 7436 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7437 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7438 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7439 return; 7440 } 7441 } 7442 } 7443 7444 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7445 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7446 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7447 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7448 else { 7449 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7450 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7451 } 7452 } 7453 7454 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7455 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7456 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7457 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7458 7459 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7460 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7461 bool SizeIsNegative; 7462 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7463 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7464 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7465 QualType FixedT; 7466 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7467 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7468 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7469 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7470 // both types separately. 7471 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7472 Oversized); 7473 } 7474 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7475 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7476 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7477 // int a[10][n]; 7478 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7479 7480 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7481 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7482 << SizeRange; 7483 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7484 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7485 << SizeRange; 7486 else 7487 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7488 << SizeRange; 7489 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7490 return; 7491 } 7492 7493 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7494 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7495 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7496 else 7497 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7498 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7499 return; 7500 } 7501 7502 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7503 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 7504 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7505 } 7506 7507 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7508 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7509 // of objects and functions. 7510 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7511 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7512 << T; 7513 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7514 return; 7515 } 7516 } 7517 7518 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7519 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7520 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7521 return; 7522 } 7523 7524 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7525 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7526 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7527 return; 7528 } 7529 7530 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7531 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7532 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7533 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7534 return; 7535 } 7536 } 7537 7538 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7539 /// declaration. 7540 /// 7541 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7542 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7543 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7544 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7545 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7546 /// 7547 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7548 /// 7549 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7550 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7551 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7552 7553 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7554 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7555 return false; 7556 7557 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7558 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7559 if (Previous.empty() && 7560 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7561 Previous.setShadowed(); 7562 7563 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7564 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7565 return true; 7566 } 7567 return false; 7568 } 7569 7570 namespace { 7571 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7572 Sema *S; 7573 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7574 7575 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7576 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7577 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7578 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7579 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7580 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7581 7582 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7583 7584 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7585 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7586 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7587 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7588 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7589 7590 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7591 } 7592 7593 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7594 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7595 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7596 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7597 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7598 return true; 7599 } 7600 } 7601 7602 return false; 7603 } 7604 }; 7605 7606 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7607 } // end anonymous namespace 7608 7609 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7610 /// overridden methods. 7611 /// 7612 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7613 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7614 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7615 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7616 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7617 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7618 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { 7619 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7620 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7621 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7622 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7623 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || 7624 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) 7625 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7626 } 7627 } 7628 7629 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7630 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7631 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7632 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7633 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7634 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7635 FOM.Method = MD; 7636 FOM.S = this; 7637 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7638 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7639 bool AddedAny = false; 7640 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7641 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7642 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7643 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7644 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7645 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7646 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7647 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7648 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7649 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7650 AddedAny = true; 7651 } 7652 } 7653 } 7654 } 7655 7656 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7657 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7658 } 7659 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7660 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7661 } 7662 7663 return AddedAny; 7664 } 7665 7666 namespace { 7667 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7668 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7669 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7670 Scope *S; 7671 Declarator &D; 7672 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7673 bool AddToScope; 7674 }; 7675 } // end anonymous namespace 7676 7677 namespace { 7678 7679 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7680 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7681 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7682 public: 7683 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7684 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7685 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7686 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7687 7688 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7689 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7690 return false; 7691 7692 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7693 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7694 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7695 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7696 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7697 7698 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7699 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7700 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7701 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7702 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7703 return true; 7704 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7705 return true; 7706 } 7707 } 7708 } 7709 7710 return false; 7711 } 7712 7713 private: 7714 ASTContext &Context; 7715 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7716 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7717 }; 7718 7719 } // end anonymous namespace 7720 7721 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7722 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7723 } 7724 7725 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7726 /// 7727 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7728 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7729 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7730 /// the same name. 7731 /// 7732 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7733 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7734 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7735 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7736 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7737 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7738 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7739 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7740 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7741 TypoCorrection Correction; 7742 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7743 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7744 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7745 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7746 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7747 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7748 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7749 7750 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7751 if (IsLocalFriend) 7752 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7753 else 7754 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7755 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7756 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7757 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7758 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7759 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7760 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7761 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7762 if (FD && 7763 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7764 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7765 // involve a parameter 7766 unsigned ParamNum = 7767 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7768 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7769 } 7770 } 7771 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7772 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7773 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7774 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7775 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7776 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7777 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7778 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7779 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7780 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7781 Previous.clear(); 7782 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7783 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7784 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7785 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7786 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7787 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7788 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7789 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7790 } 7791 } 7792 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7793 7794 NamedDecl *Result; 7795 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7796 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7797 { 7798 // Trap errors. 7799 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7800 7801 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7802 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7803 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7804 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7805 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7806 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7807 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7808 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7809 7810 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7811 Result = nullptr; 7812 } 7813 7814 if (Result) { 7815 // Determine which correction we picked. 7816 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7817 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7818 I != E; ++I) 7819 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7820 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7821 7822 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7823 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7824 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7825 Correction, 7826 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7827 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7828 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7829 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7830 return Result; 7831 } 7832 7833 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7834 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7835 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7836 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7837 Previous.clear(); 7838 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7839 } 7840 7841 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7842 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7843 7844 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7845 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7846 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7847 7848 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7849 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7850 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7851 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7852 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7853 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7854 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7855 7856 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7857 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7858 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7859 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7860 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7861 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7862 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7863 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7864 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7865 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7866 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7867 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7868 } else 7869 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7870 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7871 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7872 } 7873 return nullptr; 7874 } 7875 7876 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7877 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7878 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7879 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7880 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7881 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7882 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7883 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7884 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7885 D.setInvalidType(); 7886 break; 7887 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7888 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7889 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7890 return SC_None; 7891 return SC_Extern; 7892 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7893 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7894 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7895 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7896 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7897 // other than extern 7898 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7899 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7900 diag::err_static_block_func); 7901 break; 7902 } else 7903 return SC_Static; 7904 } 7905 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7906 } 7907 7908 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7909 return SC_None; 7910 } 7911 7912 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7913 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7914 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7915 StorageClass SC, 7916 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7917 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7918 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7919 7920 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7921 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7922 7923 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7924 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7925 // prototype. This true when: 7926 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7927 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7928 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7929 // function type). 7930 bool HasPrototype = 7931 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7932 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7933 7934 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7935 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7936 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7937 HasPrototype, false); 7938 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7939 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7940 7941 return NewFD; 7942 } 7943 7944 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7945 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7946 7947 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7948 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7949 // the class has been completely parsed. 7950 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7951 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7952 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7953 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7954 D.setInvalidType(); 7955 7956 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7957 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7958 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7959 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7960 7961 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7962 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7963 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7964 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7965 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7966 isConstexpr); 7967 7968 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7969 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7970 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7971 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7972 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7973 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7974 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7975 D.getLocStart(), 7976 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7977 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7978 7979 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7980 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7981 // it yet. 7982 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7983 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7984 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7985 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7986 } 7987 7988 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7989 return NewDD; 7990 7991 } else { 7992 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7993 D.setInvalidType(); 7994 7995 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7996 // code path. 7997 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7998 D.getLocStart(), 7999 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 8000 SC, isInline, 8001 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 8002 } 8003 8004 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8005 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8006 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8007 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8008 return nullptr; 8009 } 8010 8011 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8012 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8013 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 8014 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 8015 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 8016 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 8017 8018 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8019 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8020 8021 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 8022 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8023 D.getLocEnd()); 8024 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8025 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8026 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8027 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8028 // constructor if it has no return type). 8029 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8030 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8031 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8032 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8033 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8034 return nullptr; 8035 } 8036 8037 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8038 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 8039 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 8040 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 8041 TInfo, SC, isInline, 8042 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 8043 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8044 return Ret; 8045 } else { 8046 bool isFriend = 8047 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8048 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8049 return nullptr; 8050 8051 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8052 // prototype. This true when: 8053 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8054 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 8055 D.getLocStart(), 8056 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 8057 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 8058 } 8059 } 8060 8061 enum OpenCLParamType { 8062 ValidKernelParam, 8063 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8064 PtrKernelParam, 8065 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8066 InvalidKernelParam, 8067 RecordKernelParam 8068 }; 8069 8070 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8071 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8072 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8073 // integers other than by their names. 8074 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8075 8076 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8077 // for a size dependent type. 8078 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8079 do { 8080 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8081 auto Match = 8082 std::find(Names.begin(), Names.end(), DesugaredTy.getAsString()); 8083 if (Names.end() != Match) 8084 return true; 8085 8086 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8087 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8088 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8089 8090 return false; 8091 } 8092 8093 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8094 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8095 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8096 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8097 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8098 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8099 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8100 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8101 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8102 return PtrKernelParam; 8103 } 8104 8105 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8106 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8107 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8108 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8109 // of these built-in scalar types. 8110 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8111 return InvalidKernelParam; 8112 8113 if (PT->isImageType()) 8114 return PtrKernelParam; 8115 8116 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8117 return InvalidKernelParam; 8118 8119 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8120 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8121 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8122 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8123 return InvalidKernelParam; 8124 8125 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8126 return RecordKernelParam; 8127 8128 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8129 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8130 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8131 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8132 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8133 // array, this recusive call only happens once. 8134 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8135 } 8136 8137 return ValidKernelParam; 8138 } 8139 8140 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8141 Sema &S, 8142 Declarator &D, 8143 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8144 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8145 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8146 8147 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8148 // used again 8149 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8150 return; 8151 8152 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8153 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8154 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8155 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8156 // pointer to a pointer type. 8157 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8158 D.setInvalidType(); 8159 return; 8160 8161 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8162 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8163 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8164 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8165 // __constant. 8166 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8167 D.setInvalidType(); 8168 return; 8169 8170 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8171 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8172 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8173 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8174 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8175 8176 case InvalidKernelParam: 8177 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8178 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8179 // of event_t type. 8180 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8181 // type for any function elsewhere. 8182 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8183 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8184 8185 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8186 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8187 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8188 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8189 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8190 if (Loc.isValid()) 8191 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8192 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8193 } 8194 } 8195 8196 D.setInvalidType(); 8197 return; 8198 8199 case PtrKernelParam: 8200 case ValidKernelParam: 8201 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8202 return; 8203 8204 case RecordKernelParam: 8205 break; 8206 } 8207 8208 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8209 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8210 8211 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8212 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8213 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8214 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8215 8216 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8217 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8218 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8219 const RecordType *RecTy = 8220 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8221 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8222 8223 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8224 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8225 8226 do { 8227 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8228 if (!Next) { 8229 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8230 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8231 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8232 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8233 8234 continue; 8235 } 8236 8237 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8238 // field itself) to the history stack. 8239 const RecordDecl *RD; 8240 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8241 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8242 8243 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8244 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8245 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8246 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8247 "Unexpected type."); 8248 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8249 8250 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8251 } else { 8252 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8253 } 8254 8255 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8256 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8257 8258 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8259 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8260 8261 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8262 continue; 8263 8264 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8265 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8266 continue; 8267 8268 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8269 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8270 continue; 8271 } 8272 8273 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8274 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8275 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8276 // union. 8277 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8278 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8279 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8280 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8281 << PT->isUnionType() 8282 << PT; 8283 } else { 8284 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8285 } 8286 8287 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8288 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8289 8290 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8291 // the offending field came from 8292 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8293 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8294 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8295 I != E; ++I) { 8296 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8297 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8298 << OuterField->getType(); 8299 } 8300 8301 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8302 << QT->isPointerType() 8303 << QT; 8304 D.setInvalidType(); 8305 return; 8306 } 8307 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8308 } 8309 8310 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8311 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8312 /// nothing. 8313 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8314 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8315 DC = DC->getParent(); 8316 return DC; 8317 } 8318 8319 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8320 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8321 /// nothing. 8322 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8323 while (S->isClassScope() || 8324 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8325 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8326 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8327 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8328 S = S->getParent(); 8329 return S; 8330 } 8331 8332 NamedDecl* 8333 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8334 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8335 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8336 bool &AddToScope) { 8337 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8338 8339 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 8340 8341 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8342 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8343 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8344 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8345 8346 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8347 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8348 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8349 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8350 8351 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8352 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8353 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8354 8355 bool isFriend = false; 8356 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8357 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8358 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8359 8360 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8361 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8362 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8363 8364 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8365 8366 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8367 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8368 8369 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8370 isVirtualOkay); 8371 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8372 8373 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8374 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8375 8376 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8377 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8378 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8379 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8380 8381 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8382 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8383 8384 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8385 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8386 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8387 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8388 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8389 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8390 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8391 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8392 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8393 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8394 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8395 } 8396 8397 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8398 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8399 // return true). 8400 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8401 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8402 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8403 NewFD->setPure(true); 8404 8405 // C++ [class.union]p2 8406 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8407 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8408 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8409 } 8410 8411 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8412 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8413 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8414 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8415 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8416 8417 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8418 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8419 bool Invalid = false; 8420 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8421 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8422 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8423 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8424 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8425 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8426 : nullptr, 8427 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8428 Invalid)) { 8429 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8430 // This is a function template 8431 8432 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8433 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8434 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8435 8436 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8437 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8438 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8439 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8440 } 8441 8442 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8443 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8444 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8445 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8446 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8447 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8448 Invalid = true; 8449 } 8450 8451 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8452 NewFD->getLocation(), 8453 Name, TemplateParams, 8454 NewFD); 8455 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8456 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8457 8458 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8459 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8460 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8461 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8462 } 8463 } else { 8464 // This is a function template specialization. 8465 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8466 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8467 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8468 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8469 8470 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8471 if (isFriend) { 8472 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8473 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8474 8475 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8476 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8477 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8478 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8479 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8480 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8481 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8482 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8483 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8484 } 8485 8486 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8487 << Name << RemoveRange 8488 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8490 } 8491 } 8492 } 8493 else { 8494 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8495 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8496 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8497 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8498 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8499 } 8500 8501 if (Invalid) { 8502 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8503 if (FunctionTemplate) 8504 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8505 } 8506 8507 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8508 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8509 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8510 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8511 // 8512 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8513 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8514 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8515 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8516 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8517 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8518 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8519 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8520 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8521 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8522 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8523 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8524 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8525 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8526 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8527 } else { 8528 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8529 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8530 } 8531 8532 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8533 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8534 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8535 } 8536 8537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8538 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8539 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8540 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8541 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8542 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8543 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8544 // thing to do. 8545 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8546 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8547 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8548 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8549 QualType Result = 8550 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8551 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8552 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8553 } 8554 8555 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8556 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8557 // declaration. 8558 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8559 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8560 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8561 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8562 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8563 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8564 } 8565 } 8566 8567 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8568 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8569 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8570 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8571 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8572 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8573 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8574 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8575 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8576 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8577 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8578 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8579 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8580 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8581 // or conversion function. 8582 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8583 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8584 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8585 } 8586 } 8587 8588 if (isConstexpr) { 8589 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8590 // are implicitly inline. 8591 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8592 8593 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8594 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8595 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8596 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8597 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8598 } 8599 8600 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8601 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8602 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8603 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8604 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8605 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8606 << 0 8607 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8608 } else { 8609 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8610 if (FunctionTemplate) 8611 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8612 } 8613 } 8614 8615 if (isFriend) { 8616 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8617 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8618 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8619 } 8620 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8621 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8622 } 8623 8624 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8625 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8626 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8627 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8628 case FDK_Declaration: 8629 case FDK_Definition: 8630 break; 8631 8632 case FDK_Defaulted: 8633 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8634 break; 8635 8636 case FDK_Deleted: 8637 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8638 break; 8639 } 8640 8641 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8642 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8643 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8644 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8645 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8646 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8647 } 8648 8649 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8650 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8651 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8652 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8653 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8654 // the class. 8655 8656 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8657 // member function definition. 8658 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8659 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8660 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8661 } 8662 8663 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8664 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8665 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8666 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8667 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8668 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8669 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8670 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8671 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8672 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8673 } 8674 8675 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8676 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8677 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8678 isMemberSpecialization || 8679 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8680 8681 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8682 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8683 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8684 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8685 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8686 SE->getString(), 0)); 8687 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8688 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8689 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8690 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8691 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8692 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8693 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8694 } else 8695 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8696 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8697 } 8698 } 8699 8700 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8701 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8702 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8703 unsigned FTIIdx; 8704 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8705 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8706 8707 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8708 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8709 // single void argument. 8710 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8711 // already checks for that case. 8712 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8713 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8714 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8715 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8716 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8717 Params.push_back(Param); 8718 8719 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8720 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8721 } 8722 } 8723 8724 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8725 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8726 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8727 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8728 // the TU. 8729 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8730 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8731 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8732 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8733 8734 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8735 // instead. 8736 if (!TD) { 8737 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8738 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8739 } 8740 if (!TD) 8741 continue; 8742 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8743 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8744 continue; 8745 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8746 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8747 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8748 8749 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8750 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8751 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8752 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8753 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8754 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8755 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8756 } 8757 } 8758 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8759 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8760 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8761 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8762 // 8763 // @code 8764 // typedef void fn(int); 8765 // fn f; 8766 // @endcode 8767 8768 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8769 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8770 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8771 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8772 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8773 Params.push_back(Param); 8774 } 8775 } else { 8776 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8777 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8778 } 8779 8780 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8781 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8782 8783 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8784 NewFD->addAttr( 8785 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8786 Context, 0)); 8787 8788 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8789 // because all functions have linkage. 8790 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8791 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8792 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8793 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8794 } 8795 8796 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8797 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8798 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8799 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8800 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8801 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8802 } 8803 8804 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8805 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8806 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8807 NewFD->addAttr( 8808 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8809 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8810 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8811 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8812 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8813 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8814 NewFD)) 8815 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8816 } 8817 8818 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 8819 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 8820 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 8821 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 8822 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8823 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 8824 } 8825 } 8826 8827 // Handle attributes. 8828 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8829 8830 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8831 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8832 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8833 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8834 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 8835 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8836 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8837 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8838 } 8839 } 8840 8841 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8842 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8843 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8844 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8845 8846 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8847 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8848 8849 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8850 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8851 isMemberSpecialization)); 8852 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8853 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8854 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8855 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8856 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8857 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8858 8859 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8860 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8861 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8862 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8863 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8864 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8865 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8866 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8867 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8868 int DiagID = 8869 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8870 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8871 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8872 } 8873 } 8874 } else { 8875 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8876 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8877 // 8878 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8879 // 8880 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8881 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8882 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8883 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8884 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8886 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8887 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8888 8889 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8890 // argument list into our AST format. 8891 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8892 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8893 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8894 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8895 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8896 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8897 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8898 TemplateArgs); 8899 8900 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8901 8902 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8903 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8904 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8905 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8906 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8907 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8908 8909 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8910 } else { 8911 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8912 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8913 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8914 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8915 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8916 } 8917 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8918 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8919 // wrote something like: 8920 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8921 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8922 // friend void foo<>(int); 8923 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8924 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8925 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8926 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8927 } 8928 8929 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8930 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8931 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8932 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8933 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8934 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8935 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8936 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8937 8938 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8939 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8940 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8941 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8942 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8943 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8944 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8945 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8946 TemplateArgs, 8947 InstantiationDependent))) { 8948 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8949 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8950 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8951 Previous)) 8952 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8953 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8954 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8955 && !isFriend) { 8956 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8957 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8958 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 8959 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 8960 Previous)) 8961 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8962 8963 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8964 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8965 // specialization (14.7.3) 8966 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8967 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8968 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8969 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8970 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8971 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8972 << SC 8973 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8974 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8975 8976 else 8977 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8978 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8979 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8980 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8981 } 8982 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8983 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8984 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8985 } 8986 8987 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8988 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8989 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8990 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8991 8992 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8993 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8994 8995 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8996 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8997 isMemberSpecialization)); 8998 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8999 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9000 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9001 } 9002 9003 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9004 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9005 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9006 9007 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9008 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9009 : NewFD); 9010 9011 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9012 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9013 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9014 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9015 9016 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9017 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9018 } 9019 9020 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9021 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9022 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9023 9024 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9025 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9026 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9027 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9028 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9029 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9030 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9031 : nullptr, 9032 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9033 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9034 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9035 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9036 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9037 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9038 DC->isDependentContext()) 9039 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9040 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9041 } 9042 9043 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9044 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9045 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9046 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9047 AddToScope }; 9048 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9049 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9050 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9051 9052 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9053 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9054 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9055 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9056 9057 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9058 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9059 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9060 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9061 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9062 // can actually do this check immediately. 9063 if (isFriend && 9064 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 9065 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9066 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 9067 // ignore these 9068 } else { 9069 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9070 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9071 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9072 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9073 // 9074 // class X { 9075 // void f() const; 9076 // }; 9077 // 9078 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9079 // 9080 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9081 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9082 // whether the parameter types are references). 9083 9084 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9085 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9086 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9087 return Result; 9088 } 9089 } 9090 9091 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9092 // to something. 9093 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9094 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9095 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9096 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9097 return Result; 9098 } 9099 } 9100 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9101 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9102 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9103 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9104 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9105 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9106 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9107 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9108 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9109 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9110 // generate them. 9111 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9112 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9113 } 9114 } 9115 9116 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9117 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9118 9119 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9120 9121 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9122 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9123 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9124 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9125 << NewFD; 9126 9127 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9128 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9129 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9130 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9131 EPI.Variadic = true; 9132 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9133 9134 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9135 NewFD->setType(R); 9136 } 9137 9138 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9139 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9140 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9141 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9142 9143 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9144 // marking the function. 9145 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9146 9147 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9148 // a pragma. 9149 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9150 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9151 9152 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9153 // the map of such variables. 9154 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9155 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9156 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9157 9158 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9159 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9160 9161 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9162 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9163 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9164 isMemberSpecialization || 9165 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9166 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9167 } 9168 9169 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9170 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9171 if (II && 9172 II->isStr(getLangOpts().HIP ? "hipConfigureCall" 9173 : "cudaConfigureCall") && 9174 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9175 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9176 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9177 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9178 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9179 } 9180 9181 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9182 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9183 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9184 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9185 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9186 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9187 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9188 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9189 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9190 } 9191 } 9192 9193 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9194 9195 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9196 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9197 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9198 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9199 return FunctionTemplate; 9200 } 9201 9202 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9203 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9204 } 9205 9206 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9207 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9208 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9209 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9210 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9211 D.setInvalidType(); 9212 } 9213 9214 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9215 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9216 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9217 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9218 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9219 : FixItHint()); 9220 D.setInvalidType(); 9221 } 9222 9223 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9224 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9225 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9226 } 9227 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9228 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9229 9230 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9231 // types. 9232 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9233 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9234 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9235 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9236 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9237 D.setInvalidType(); 9238 } 9239 } 9240 } 9241 } 9242 9243 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9244 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9245 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9246 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9247 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9248 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9249 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9250 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9251 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9252 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9253 AddToScope = false; 9254 } 9255 9256 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9257 // that are run during load/unload. 9258 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9259 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9260 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9261 << 1; 9262 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9263 } 9264 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9265 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9266 << 2; 9267 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9268 } 9269 } 9270 9271 return NewFD; 9272 } 9273 9274 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 9275 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 9276 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 9277 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 9278 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 9279 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 9280 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 9281 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 9282 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 9283 /// available since MS has removed the page. 9284 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9285 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 9286 if (!Method) 9287 return nullptr; 9288 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 9289 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9290 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9291 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9292 return NewAttr; 9293 } 9294 9295 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 9296 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 9297 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9298 return nullptr; 9299 9300 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 9301 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9302 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9303 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9304 return NewAttr; 9305 } 9306 } 9307 return nullptr; 9308 } 9309 9310 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 9311 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 9312 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 9313 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 9314 /// 9315 /// \param FD Function being declared. 9316 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 9317 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 9318 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 9319 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9320 bool IsDefinition) { 9321 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 9322 return A; 9323 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 9324 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) { 9325 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), 9326 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9327 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9328 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation); 9329 } 9330 return nullptr; 9331 } 9332 9333 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 9334 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 9335 /// best-effort check. 9336 /// 9337 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 9338 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 9339 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 9340 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 9341 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 9342 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 9343 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9344 return true; 9345 9346 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 9347 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 9348 // 9349 // int f(); 9350 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 9351 // 9352 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 9353 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 9354 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 9355 return false; 9356 9357 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 9358 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 9359 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 9360 return false; 9361 9362 return true; 9363 } 9364 9365 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9366 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9367 /// 9368 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9369 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9370 /// same declaration name. 9371 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9372 /// belongs to. 9373 /// 9374 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9375 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9376 return true; 9377 9378 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 9379 // permit cases like 9380 // 9381 // void func(); 9382 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 9383 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 9384 // 9385 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 9386 // 9387 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 9388 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 9389 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 9390 // the way of access checks. 9391 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9392 return false; 9393 9394 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 9395 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 9396 return !VD || !PrevVD || 9397 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 9398 PrevVD->getType()); 9399 } 9400 9401 namespace MultiVersioning { 9402 enum Type { None, Target, CPUSpecific, CPUDispatch}; 9403 } // MultiVersionType 9404 9405 static MultiVersioning::Type 9406 getMultiVersionType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9407 if (FD->hasAttr<TargetAttr>()) 9408 return MultiVersioning::Target; 9409 if (FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) 9410 return MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch; 9411 if (FD->hasAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>()) 9412 return MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific; 9413 return MultiVersioning::None; 9414 } 9415 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 9416 /// validity. 9417 /// 9418 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9419 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9420 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9421 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 9422 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 9423 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 9424 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 9425 9426 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 9427 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 9428 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9429 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 9430 return true; 9431 } 9432 9433 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 9434 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 9435 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 9436 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9437 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 9438 return true; 9439 } 9440 9441 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 9442 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 9443 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9444 << Feature << BareFeat; 9445 return true; 9446 } 9447 } 9448 return false; 9449 } 9450 9451 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 9452 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9453 bool CausesMV, 9454 MultiVersioning::Type MVType) { 9455 enum DoesntSupport { 9456 FuncTemplates = 0, 9457 VirtFuncs = 1, 9458 DeducedReturn = 2, 9459 Constructors = 3, 9460 Destructors = 4, 9461 DeletedFuncs = 5, 9462 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 9463 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 9464 }; 9465 enum Different { 9466 CallingConv = 0, 9467 ReturnType = 1, 9468 ConstexprSpec = 2, 9469 InlineSpec = 3, 9470 StorageClass = 4, 9471 Linkage = 5 9472 }; 9473 9474 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 9475 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || 9476 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific; 9477 9478 if (OldFD && !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9479 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9480 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9481 return true; 9482 } 9483 9484 if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9485 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9486 9487 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9488 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9489 if (OldFD) 9490 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9491 return true; 9492 } 9493 9494 // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but 9495 // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. 9496 if (CausesMV && OldFD && 9497 std::distance(OldFD->attr_begin(), OldFD->attr_end()) != 1) { 9498 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9499 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9500 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9501 return true; 9502 } 9503 9504 if (std::distance(NewFD->attr_begin(), NewFD->attr_end()) != 1) 9505 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9506 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9507 9508 if (NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 9509 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9510 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << FuncTemplates; 9511 9512 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9513 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 9514 return S.Diag(NewCXXFD->getLocation(), 9515 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9516 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << VirtFuncs; 9517 9518 if (const auto *NewCXXCtor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9519 return S.Diag(NewCXXCtor->getLocation(), 9520 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9521 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Constructors; 9522 9523 if (const auto *NewCXXDtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9524 return S.Diag(NewCXXDtor->getLocation(), 9525 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9526 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Destructors; 9527 } 9528 9529 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 9530 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9531 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeletedFuncs; 9532 9533 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 9534 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9535 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DefaultedFuncs; 9536 9537 if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && (MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || 9538 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific)) 9539 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9540 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << ConstexprFuncs; 9541 9542 QualType NewQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 9543 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 9544 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 9545 9546 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 9547 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9548 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeducedReturn; 9549 9550 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 9551 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 9552 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 9553 9554 // Ensure the return type is identical. 9555 if (OldFD) { 9556 QualType OldQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 9557 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 9558 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 9559 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 9560 9561 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 9562 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9563 << CallingConv; 9564 9565 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 9566 9567 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 9568 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9569 << ReturnType; 9570 9571 if (OldFD->isConstexpr() != NewFD->isConstexpr()) 9572 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9573 << ConstexprSpec; 9574 9575 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 9576 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9577 << InlineSpec; 9578 9579 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 9580 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9581 << StorageClass; 9582 9583 if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 9584 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9585 << Linkage; 9586 9587 if (S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 9588 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 9589 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 9590 return true; 9591 } 9592 return false; 9593 } 9594 9595 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 9596 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9597 /// 9598 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9599 /// 9600 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9601 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 9602 MultiVersioning::Type MVType, 9603 const TargetAttr *TA, 9604 const CPUDispatchAttr *CPUDisp, 9605 const CPUSpecificAttr *CPUSpec) { 9606 assert(MVType != MultiVersioning::None && 9607 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 9608 9609 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 9610 // function. 9611 if (MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 9612 return false; 9613 9614 if (MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 9615 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9616 return true; 9617 } 9618 9619 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 9620 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9621 return true; 9622 } 9623 9624 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9625 return false; 9626 } 9627 9628 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 9629 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9630 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9631 LookupResult &Previous) { 9632 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9633 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9634 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 9635 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features.begin(), NewParsed.Features.end()); 9636 9637 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 9638 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 9639 if (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) 9640 return false; 9641 9642 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 9643 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9644 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9645 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9646 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9647 return true; 9648 } 9649 9650 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 9651 MultiVersioning::Target)) { 9652 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9653 return true; 9654 } 9655 9656 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9657 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9658 return true; 9659 } 9660 9661 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 9662 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9663 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9664 return true; 9665 } 9666 9667 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = 9668 OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9669 9670 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 9671 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9672 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9673 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9674 return true; 9675 } 9676 9677 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 9678 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9679 if (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited()) { 9680 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9681 << 0; 9682 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9683 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9684 return true; 9685 } 9686 } 9687 9688 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9689 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9690 Redeclaration = false; 9691 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9692 OldDecl = nullptr; 9693 Previous.clear(); 9694 return false; 9695 } 9696 9697 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 9698 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 9699 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 9700 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9701 MultiVersioning::Type NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9702 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 9703 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9704 LookupResult &Previous) { 9705 9706 MultiVersioning::Type OldMVType = getMultiVersionType(OldFD); 9707 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 9708 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && 9709 NewMVType != MultiVersioning::Target) || 9710 (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && 9711 OldMVType != MultiVersioning::Target)) { 9712 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9713 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9714 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9715 return true; 9716 } 9717 9718 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 9719 if (NewTA) { 9720 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9721 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features.begin(), NewParsed.Features.end()); 9722 } 9723 9724 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 9725 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 9726 9727 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 9728 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 9729 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 9730 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 9731 if (!CurFD) 9732 continue; 9733 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 9734 continue; 9735 9736 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target) { 9737 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9738 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 9739 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9740 Redeclaration = true; 9741 OldDecl = ND; 9742 return false; 9743 } 9744 9745 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = 9746 CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9747 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 9748 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9749 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9750 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9751 return true; 9752 } 9753 } else { 9754 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9755 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9756 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 9757 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 9758 // the redeclaration errors. 9759 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch && 9760 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 9761 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 9762 std::equal( 9763 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 9764 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 9765 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9766 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9767 })) { 9768 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9769 Redeclaration = true; 9770 OldDecl = ND; 9771 return false; 9772 } 9773 9774 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 9775 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 9776 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9777 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9778 return true; 9779 } 9780 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 9781 9782 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 9783 std::equal( 9784 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 9785 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 9786 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9787 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9788 })) { 9789 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9790 Redeclaration = true; 9791 OldDecl = ND; 9792 return false; 9793 } 9794 9795 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 9796 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9797 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9798 if (CurII == NewII) { 9799 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 9800 << NewII; 9801 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9802 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9803 return true; 9804 } 9805 } 9806 } 9807 } 9808 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 9809 // condition. 9810 } 9811 } 9812 9813 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 9814 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 9815 // handled in the attribute adding step. 9816 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && 9817 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9818 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9819 return true; 9820 } 9821 9822 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, false, NewMVType)) { 9823 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9824 return true; 9825 } 9826 9827 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9828 Redeclaration = false; 9829 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9830 OldDecl = nullptr; 9831 Previous.clear(); 9832 return false; 9833 } 9834 9835 9836 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 9837 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9838 /// 9839 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9840 /// 9841 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9842 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9843 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 9844 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9845 LookupResult &Previous) { 9846 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9847 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9848 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9849 9850 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 9851 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 9852 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 9853 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9855 return true; 9856 } 9857 9858 MultiVersioning::Type MVType = getMultiVersionType(NewFD); 9859 9860 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 9861 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 9862 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 9863 if ((MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 9864 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || 9865 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific) { 9866 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 9867 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9868 return true; 9869 } 9870 return false; 9871 } 9872 9873 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 9874 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 9875 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 9876 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 9877 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 9878 if (MVType == MultiVersioning::None) 9879 return false; 9880 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, 9881 NewCPUSpec); 9882 } 9883 9884 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 9885 9886 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::None) 9887 return false; 9888 9889 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::None) { 9890 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9891 << (getMultiVersionType(OldFD) != MultiVersioning::Target); 9892 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9893 return true; 9894 } 9895 9896 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 9897 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::Target) 9898 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 9899 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 9900 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 9901 // Previous declarations lack CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific. 9902 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 9903 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9904 << 1; 9905 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9906 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9907 return true; 9908 } 9909 9910 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 9911 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 9912 // still compatible with previous declarations. 9913 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 9914 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 9915 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 9916 } 9917 9918 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9919 /// 9920 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9921 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9922 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9923 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9924 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9925 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9926 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9927 /// 9928 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9929 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9930 /// previous declaration). 9931 /// 9932 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9933 /// 9934 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9935 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9936 LookupResult &Previous, 9937 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9938 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9939 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9940 9941 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9942 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9943 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9944 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9945 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9946 9947 bool Redeclaration = false; 9948 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9949 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 9950 9951 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9952 // the same name, if appropriate. 9953 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9954 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9955 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9956 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9957 // function to the scope. 9958 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 9959 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9960 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9961 Redeclaration = true; 9962 OldDecl = Candidate; 9963 } 9964 } else { 9965 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9966 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9967 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9968 case Ovl_Match: 9969 Redeclaration = true; 9970 break; 9971 9972 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9973 Redeclaration = true; 9974 break; 9975 9976 case Ovl_Overload: 9977 Redeclaration = false; 9978 break; 9979 } 9980 } 9981 } 9982 9983 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9984 if (!Redeclaration && 9985 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9986 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9987 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9988 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9989 Redeclaration = true; 9990 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9991 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9992 9993 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9994 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 9995 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9996 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9997 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9998 Redeclaration = false; 9999 OldDecl = nullptr; 10000 } 10001 } 10002 } 10003 } 10004 10005 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10006 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 10007 return Redeclaration; 10008 10009 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 10010 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 10011 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 10012 // 10013 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 10014 // definition of a static member function. 10015 // 10016 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 10017 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 10018 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 10019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 10020 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 10021 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 10022 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 10023 if (OldDecl) 10024 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 10025 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 10026 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 10027 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10028 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 10029 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 10030 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 10031 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 10032 10033 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 10034 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 10035 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10036 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10037 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10038 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10039 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10040 10041 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10042 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10043 } 10044 } 10045 } 10046 10047 if (Redeclaration) { 10048 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10049 // merged. 10050 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10051 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10052 return Redeclaration; 10053 } 10054 10055 Previous.clear(); 10056 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10057 10058 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10059 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10060 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10061 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10062 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10063 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10064 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10065 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10066 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10067 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10068 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10069 } 10070 10071 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10072 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10073 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10074 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10075 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10076 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10077 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10078 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10079 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10080 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10081 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10082 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10083 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10084 } 10085 } 10086 10087 } else { 10088 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10089 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10090 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10091 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10092 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10093 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10094 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10095 } 10096 } 10097 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10098 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10099 assert((Previous.empty() || 10100 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10101 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10102 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10103 })) && 10104 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10105 10106 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10107 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10108 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10109 }); 10110 10111 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10112 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10113 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 10114 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 10115 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 10116 << false; 10117 10118 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 10119 } 10120 } 10121 10122 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 10123 10124 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10125 // C++-specific checks. 10126 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10127 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 10128 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 10129 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10130 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 10131 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 10132 10133 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 10134 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 10135 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 10136 DeclarationName Name 10137 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 10138 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 10139 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 10140 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 10141 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10142 return Redeclaration; 10143 } 10144 } 10145 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 10146 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 10147 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 10148 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 10149 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10150 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 10151 10152 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 10153 // explicitly specialized. 10154 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 10155 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 10156 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 10157 } 10158 10159 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 10160 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10161 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 10162 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 10163 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 10164 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 10165 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 10166 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10167 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 10168 } 10169 } 10170 } 10171 10172 if (Method->isStatic()) 10173 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 10174 } 10175 10176 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 10177 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 10178 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10179 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10180 return Redeclaration; 10181 } 10182 10183 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 10184 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 10185 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10186 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10187 return Redeclaration; 10188 } 10189 10190 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 10191 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 10192 // during delayed parsing anyway. 10193 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 10194 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 10195 10196 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 10197 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 10198 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 10199 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 10200 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 10201 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 10202 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 10203 // specification, that's OK. 10204 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 10205 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 10206 if (!T.isNull() && 10207 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 10208 NewFD->getType())) 10209 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 10210 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 10211 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 10212 } 10213 10214 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 10215 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 10216 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 10217 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 10218 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 10219 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 10220 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 10221 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 10222 << NewFD << R; 10223 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 10224 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 10226 } 10227 10228 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 10229 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 10230 // [is] part of the function type 10231 // 10232 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 10233 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 10234 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 10235 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 10236 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 10237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 10238 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 10239 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 10240 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 10241 // restricted prior to C++17. 10242 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 10243 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 10244 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 10245 T = T->getPointeeType(); 10246 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 10247 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 10248 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10249 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 10250 return true; 10251 return false; 10252 }; 10253 10254 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10255 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 10256 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 10257 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 10258 if (AnyNoexcept) 10259 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10260 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 10261 << NewFD; 10262 } 10263 10264 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 10265 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 10266 } 10267 return Redeclaration; 10268 } 10269 10270 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 10271 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 10272 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 10273 // constexpr is ill-formed. 10274 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 10275 // appear in a declaration of main. 10276 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 10277 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 10278 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10279 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 10280 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 10281 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 10282 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 10283 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 10284 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 10285 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 10286 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 10287 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 10288 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 10289 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 10290 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 10291 } 10292 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 10293 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 10294 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 10295 FD->setConstexpr(false); 10296 } 10297 10298 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10299 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 10300 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 10301 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10302 return; 10303 } 10304 10305 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10306 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10307 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10308 10309 // Set default calling convention for main() 10310 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 10311 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 10312 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 10313 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 10314 } 10315 10316 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10317 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 10318 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 10319 // implicit-return-zero rule. 10320 10321 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 10322 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10323 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10324 else { 10325 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 10326 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10327 if (RTRange.isValid()) 10328 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 10329 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 10330 } 10331 } else { 10332 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 10333 // set the flag which tells us that. 10334 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 10335 10336 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 10337 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10338 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10339 else { 10340 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 10341 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10342 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 10343 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 10344 : FixItHint()); 10345 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10346 } 10347 } 10348 10349 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 10350 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 10351 10352 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 10353 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 10354 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 10355 10356 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 10357 10358 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 10359 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 10360 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 10361 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 10362 } 10363 10364 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 10365 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 10366 // getting shifty. 10367 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 10368 HasExtraParameters = false; 10369 10370 if (HasExtraParameters) { 10371 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 10372 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10373 nparams = 3; 10374 } 10375 10376 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 10377 // if we had some location information about types. 10378 10379 QualType CharPP = 10380 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 10381 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 10382 10383 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 10384 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 10385 10386 bool mismatch = true; 10387 10388 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 10389 mismatch = false; 10390 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 10391 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 10392 // char const ** 10393 // char const * const * 10394 // char * const * 10395 10396 QualifierCollector qs; 10397 const PointerType* PT; 10398 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10399 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10400 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 10401 Context.CharTy)) { 10402 qs.removeConst(); 10403 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 10404 } 10405 } 10406 10407 if (mismatch) { 10408 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 10409 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 10410 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10411 } 10412 } 10413 10414 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10415 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 10416 } 10417 10418 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10419 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10420 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10421 } 10422 } 10423 10424 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10425 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10426 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10427 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10428 10429 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 10430 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 10431 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 10432 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 10433 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 10434 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 10435 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 10436 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10437 10438 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10439 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10440 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10441 } 10442 } 10443 10444 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 10445 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 10446 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 10447 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 10448 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 10449 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 10450 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 10451 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 10452 // rules there don't matter.) 10453 const Expr *Culprit; 10454 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10455 return false; 10456 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 10457 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10458 return true; 10459 } 10460 10461 namespace { 10462 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 10463 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 10464 class SelfReferenceChecker 10465 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 10466 Sema &S; 10467 Decl *OrigDecl; 10468 bool isRecordType; 10469 bool isPODType; 10470 bool isReferenceType; 10471 10472 bool isInitList; 10473 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 10474 10475 public: 10476 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 10477 10478 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 10479 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 10480 isPODType = false; 10481 isRecordType = false; 10482 isReferenceType = false; 10483 isInitList = false; 10484 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 10485 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 10486 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 10487 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 10488 } 10489 } 10490 10491 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 10492 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 10493 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 10494 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 10495 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 10496 if (!InitList) { 10497 Visit(E); 10498 return; 10499 } 10500 10501 // Track and increment the index here. 10502 isInitList = true; 10503 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 10504 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 10505 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 10506 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 10507 } 10508 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 10509 } 10510 10511 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 10512 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 10513 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 10514 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 10515 Expr *Base = E; 10516 bool ReferenceField = false; 10517 10518 // Get the field memebers used. 10519 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10520 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10521 if (!FD) 10522 return false; 10523 Fields.push_back(FD); 10524 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 10525 ReferenceField = true; 10526 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10527 } 10528 10529 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 10530 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 10531 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 10532 return false; 10533 10534 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 10535 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 10536 return true; 10537 10538 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 10539 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 10540 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 10541 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 10542 10543 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 10544 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 10545 // initialized, then the use is safe. 10546 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 10547 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 10548 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 10549 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 10550 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 10551 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 10552 return true; 10553 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 10554 break; 10555 } 10556 10557 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 10558 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10559 return true; 10560 } 10561 10562 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 10563 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 10564 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 10565 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 10566 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10567 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 10568 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10569 return; 10570 } 10571 10572 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10573 Visit(CO->getCond()); 10574 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 10575 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 10576 return; 10577 } 10578 10579 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 10580 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10581 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 10582 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 10583 return; 10584 } 10585 10586 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 10587 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 10588 return; 10589 } 10590 10591 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 10592 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 10593 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 10594 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 10595 return; 10596 } 10597 } 10598 10599 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 10600 if (isInitList) { 10601 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 10602 false /*CheckReference*/)) 10603 return; 10604 } 10605 10606 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10607 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10608 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 10609 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10610 return; 10611 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10612 } 10613 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 10614 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10615 return; 10616 } 10617 10618 Visit(E); 10619 } 10620 10621 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 10622 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 10623 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10624 if (isReferenceType) 10625 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 10626 } 10627 10628 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 10629 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 10630 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10631 return; 10632 } 10633 10634 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 10635 } 10636 10637 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10638 if (isInitList) { 10639 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 10640 return; 10641 } 10642 10643 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 10644 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 10645 10646 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 10647 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 10648 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 10649 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 10650 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10651 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10652 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10653 Warn = false; 10654 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10655 } 10656 10657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 10658 if (Warn) 10659 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10660 return; 10661 } 10662 10663 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 10664 // Visit that expression. 10665 Visit(Base); 10666 } 10667 10668 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 10669 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 10670 10671 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 10672 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 10673 10674 Visit(Callee); 10675 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 10676 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 10677 } 10678 10679 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 10680 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 10681 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 10682 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 10683 if (!isPODType) 10684 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10685 return; 10686 } 10687 10688 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 10689 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10690 return; 10691 } 10692 10693 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 10694 } 10695 10696 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 10697 10698 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 10699 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 10700 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 10701 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10702 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 10703 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 10704 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10705 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 10706 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 10707 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 10708 return; 10709 } 10710 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 10711 } 10712 10713 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 10714 // Treat std::move as a use. 10715 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 10716 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 10717 return; 10718 } 10719 10720 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 10721 } 10722 10723 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10724 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10725 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10726 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10727 return; 10728 } 10729 10730 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10731 } 10732 10733 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10734 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10735 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10736 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10737 Visit(E->getCond()); 10738 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10739 } 10740 10741 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10742 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10743 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10744 unsigned diag; 10745 if (isReferenceType) { 10746 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10747 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10748 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10749 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10750 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10751 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10752 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10753 } else { 10754 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10755 return; 10756 } 10757 10758 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 10759 S.PDiag(diag) 10760 << DRE->getDecl() 10761 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10762 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10763 } 10764 }; 10765 10766 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10767 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10768 bool DirectInit) { 10769 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10770 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10771 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10772 return; 10773 10774 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10775 10776 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10777 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10778 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10779 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10780 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10781 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10782 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10783 return; 10784 10785 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10786 } 10787 } // end anonymous namespace 10788 10789 namespace { 10790 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10791 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10792 struct VarDeclOrName { 10793 VarDecl *VDecl; 10794 DeclarationName Name; 10795 10796 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10797 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10798 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10799 } 10800 }; 10801 } // end anonymous namespace 10802 10803 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10804 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10805 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10806 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10807 Expr *Init) { 10808 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10809 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10810 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10811 10812 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10813 10814 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10815 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10816 10817 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10818 if (!Init) { 10819 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10820 10821 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 10822 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 10823 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 10824 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 10825 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10826 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10827 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10828 return QualType(); 10829 } 10830 } 10831 10832 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 10833 if (Init) 10834 DeduceInits = Init; 10835 10836 if (DirectInit) { 10837 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10838 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10839 } 10840 10841 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10842 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10843 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10844 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10845 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10846 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10847 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10848 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10849 InitsCopy); 10850 } 10851 10852 if (DirectInit) { 10853 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10854 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10855 } 10856 10857 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10858 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10859 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10860 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10861 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10862 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10863 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10864 << VN << Type << Range; 10865 return QualType(); 10866 } 10867 10868 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10869 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 10870 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10871 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10872 << VN << Type << Range; 10873 return QualType(); 10874 } 10875 10876 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10877 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10878 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10879 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10880 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10881 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10882 return QualType(); 10883 } 10884 10885 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10886 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10887 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10888 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10889 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10890 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10891 return QualType(); 10892 } 10893 Init = Result.get(); 10894 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10895 } 10896 10897 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10898 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10899 // is present, e has type cv A 10900 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10901 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10902 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10903 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10904 Type.getQualifiers()); 10905 10906 QualType DeducedType; 10907 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10908 if (!IsInitCapture) 10909 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10910 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10911 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10912 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10913 << VN 10914 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10915 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10916 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10917 else 10918 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10919 << VN << TSI->getType() 10920 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10921 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10922 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10923 } 10924 10925 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10926 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10927 // checks. 10928 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10929 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10930 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10931 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10932 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10933 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10934 } 10935 10936 return DeducedType; 10937 } 10938 10939 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10940 Expr *Init) { 10941 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10942 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10943 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10944 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10945 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10946 return true; 10947 } 10948 10949 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10950 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10951 10952 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10953 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10954 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10955 10956 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10957 // the previously declared type. 10958 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10959 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10960 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10961 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10962 } 10963 10964 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10965 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10966 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10967 } 10968 10969 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10970 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10971 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10972 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10973 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10974 // the initializer. 10975 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10976 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10977 return; 10978 } 10979 10980 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10981 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10982 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10983 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10984 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10985 return; 10986 } 10987 10988 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10989 if (!VDecl) { 10990 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10991 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10992 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10993 return; 10994 } 10995 10996 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10997 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10998 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10999 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 11000 // TypoExpr. 11001 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 11002 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 11003 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11004 return; 11005 } 11006 Init = Res.get(); 11007 11008 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 11009 return; 11010 } 11011 11012 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 11013 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11014 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 11015 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11016 return; 11017 } 11018 11019 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 11020 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 11021 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 11022 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11023 return; 11024 } 11025 11026 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 11027 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 11028 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 11029 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 11030 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 11031 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 11032 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 11033 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 11034 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11035 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11036 return; 11037 } 11038 11039 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11040 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 11041 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11042 AbstractVariableType)) 11043 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11044 } 11045 11046 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 11047 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 11048 // handle the situation. 11049 VarDecl *Def; 11050 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 11051 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 11052 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 11053 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 11054 return; 11055 11056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11057 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 11058 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 11059 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11060 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 11061 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 11062 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 11063 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 11064 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 11065 // 11066 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 11067 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 11068 // declaration with an initializer. 11069 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 11070 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 11071 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 11072 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 11073 diag::note_previous_initializer) 11074 << 0; 11075 return; 11076 } 11077 11078 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11079 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11080 11081 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 11082 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11083 return; 11084 } 11085 } 11086 11087 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 11088 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 11089 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 11090 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 11091 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11092 return; 11093 } 11094 11095 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 11096 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 11097 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 11098 11099 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 11100 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 11101 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 11102 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 11103 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11104 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11105 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11106 return; 11107 } 11108 Init = Result.get(); 11109 } 11110 11111 // Perform the initialization. 11112 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 11113 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11114 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11115 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11116 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11117 11118 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 11119 if (CXXDirectInit) 11120 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 11121 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 11122 11123 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 11124 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 11125 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 11126 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 11127 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 11128 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 11129 }); 11130 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 11131 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11132 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 11133 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 11134 } 11135 } 11136 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11137 return; 11138 11139 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 11140 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 11141 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 11142 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 11143 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11144 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11145 return; 11146 } 11147 11148 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 11149 } 11150 11151 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 11152 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 11153 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 11154 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 11155 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 11156 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 11157 } 11158 11159 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 11160 // completed by the initializer. For example: 11161 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 11162 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 11163 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 11164 VDecl->setType(DclT); 11165 11166 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11167 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 11168 11169 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 11170 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 11171 11172 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 11173 // Although this code can still have problems: 11174 // id x = self.weakProp; 11175 // id y = self.weakProp; 11176 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 11177 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 11178 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 11179 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 11180 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 11181 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 11182 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 11183 Init->getLocStart())) 11184 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 11185 } 11186 11187 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 11188 // 11189 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 11190 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 11191 // full-expression. For instance, in: 11192 // 11193 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 11194 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 11195 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 11196 // 11197 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 11198 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 11199 false, 11200 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 11201 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11202 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11203 return; 11204 } 11205 Init = Result.get(); 11206 11207 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 11208 VDecl->setInit(Init); 11209 11210 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 11211 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 11212 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11213 // do nothing 11214 11215 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 11216 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 11217 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 11218 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11219 11220 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 11221 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11222 // do nothing 11223 11224 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 11225 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 11226 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11227 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11228 11229 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 11230 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 11231 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 11232 // constant expressions. 11233 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 11234 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11235 const Expr *Culprit; 11236 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 11237 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 11238 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 11239 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11240 } 11241 } 11242 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 11243 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 11244 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 11245 // 11246 // struct S { 11247 // static const int value = 17; 11248 // }; 11249 11250 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 11251 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 11252 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 11253 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 11254 // 11255 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 11256 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 11257 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11258 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 11259 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 11260 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 11261 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 11262 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 11263 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 11264 11265 // Do nothing on dependent types. 11266 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 11267 11268 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 11269 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 11270 // type. 11271 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 11272 11273 // Require constness. 11274 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 11275 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 11276 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11277 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11278 11279 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 11280 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11281 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 11282 SourceLocation Loc; 11283 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 11284 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 11285 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 11286 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 11287 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 11288 ; // Nothing to check. 11289 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 11290 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 11291 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 11292 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 11293 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 11294 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11295 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 11296 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 11297 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11298 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11299 } else { 11300 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 11301 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 11302 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11303 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11304 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11305 } 11306 11307 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 11308 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 11309 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 11310 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 11311 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11312 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 11313 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11314 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11315 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 11316 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11317 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 11318 } else { 11319 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 11320 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11321 11322 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11323 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11324 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11325 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11326 } 11327 } 11328 11329 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 11330 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 11331 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 11332 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 11333 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 11334 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 11335 11336 } else { 11337 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 11338 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11339 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11340 } 11341 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 11342 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 11343 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 11344 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 11345 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 11346 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 11347 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 11348 // C++ rules. 11349 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 11350 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 11351 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 11352 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 11353 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 11354 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 11355 11356 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 11357 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11358 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11359 } 11360 11361 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 11362 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 11363 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 11364 // 11365 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 11366 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 11367 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 11368 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 11369 // special case code. 11370 11371 // C++ 8.5p11: 11372 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 11373 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 11374 // class type. 11375 if (CXXDirectInit) { 11376 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 11377 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11378 } else if (DirectInit) { 11379 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 11380 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 11381 } 11382 11383 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 11384 } 11385 11386 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 11387 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 11388 /// of sanity. 11389 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 11390 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 11391 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 11392 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11393 11394 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11395 if (!VD) return; 11396 11397 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11398 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 11399 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 11400 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 11401 11402 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11403 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 11404 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11405 return; 11406 } 11407 11408 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 11409 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 11410 11411 // Require a complete type. 11412 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 11413 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 11414 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11415 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11416 return; 11417 } 11418 11419 // Require a non-abstract type. 11420 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 11421 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11422 AbstractVariableType)) { 11423 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11424 return; 11425 } 11426 11427 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 11428 // though. 11429 } 11430 11431 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 11432 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 11433 if (!RealDecl) 11434 return; 11435 11436 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11437 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 11438 11439 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 11440 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11441 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 11442 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11443 return; 11444 } 11445 11446 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 11447 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 11448 return; 11449 11450 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 11451 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 11452 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 11453 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 11454 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 11455 // member. 11456 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11457 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 11458 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 11459 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 11460 // a definition there. 11461 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { 11462 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11463 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 11464 << Var->getDeclName(); 11465 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11466 return; 11467 } 11468 } else { 11469 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 11470 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11471 return; 11472 } 11473 } 11474 11475 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 11476 // be initialized. 11477 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11478 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 11479 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 11480 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 11481 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11482 return; 11483 } 11484 11485 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11486 case VarDecl::Definition: 11487 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 11488 break; 11489 11490 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 11491 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 11492 // a declaration. 11493 // 11494 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 11495 11496 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 11497 // It's only a declaration. 11498 11499 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 11500 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 11501 // object shall be complete. 11502 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 11503 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11504 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11505 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 11506 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11507 11508 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 11509 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11510 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11511 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11512 AbstractVariableType)) 11513 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11514 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11515 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 11516 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 11517 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 11518 } 11519 11520 return; 11521 11522 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 11523 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 11524 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 11525 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 11526 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 11527 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 11528 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 11529 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 11530 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 11531 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11532 ArrayT->getElementType(), 11533 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 11534 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11535 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11536 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 11537 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 11538 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 11539 // NOTE: code such as the following 11540 // static struct s; 11541 // struct s { int a; }; 11542 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 11543 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 11544 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 11545 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 11546 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11547 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 11548 } 11549 } 11550 11551 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 11552 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11553 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 11554 return; 11555 } 11556 11557 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11558 // definitions with incomplete array type. 11559 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 11560 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11561 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 11562 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11563 return; 11564 } 11565 11566 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11567 // definitions with reference type. 11568 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 11569 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 11570 << Var->getDeclName() 11571 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 11572 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11573 return; 11574 } 11575 11576 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 11577 // variable with dependent type. 11578 if (Type->isDependentType()) 11579 return; 11580 11581 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11582 return; 11583 11584 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11585 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11586 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 11587 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11588 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11589 return; 11590 } 11591 } else { 11592 return; 11593 } 11594 11595 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11596 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11597 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11598 AbstractVariableType)) { 11599 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11600 return; 11601 } 11602 11603 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 11604 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 11605 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 11606 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 11607 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 11608 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 11609 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 11610 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 11611 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 11612 // types and is declared without an initializer. 11613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11614 if (const RecordType *Record 11615 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11616 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 11617 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 11618 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 11619 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 11620 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 11621 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11622 } 11623 } 11624 11625 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 11626 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 11627 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 11628 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 11629 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 11630 // type shall have a user-declared default 11631 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 11632 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 11633 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 11634 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 11635 // program is ill-formed. 11636 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 11637 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 11638 // default-initialized; [...]. 11639 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 11640 InitializationKind Kind 11641 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 11642 11643 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11644 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11645 if (Init.isInvalid()) 11646 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11647 else if (Init.get()) { 11648 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 11649 // This is important for template substitution. 11650 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11651 } 11652 11653 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 11654 } 11655 } 11656 11657 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 11658 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 11659 if (!D) 11660 return; 11661 11662 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11663 if (!VD) { 11664 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 11665 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11666 return; 11667 } 11668 11669 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11670 11671 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 11672 int Error = -1; 11673 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 11674 case SC_None: 11675 break; 11676 case SC_Extern: 11677 Error = 0; 11678 break; 11679 case SC_Static: 11680 Error = 1; 11681 break; 11682 case SC_PrivateExtern: 11683 Error = 2; 11684 break; 11685 case SC_Auto: 11686 Error = 3; 11687 break; 11688 case SC_Register: 11689 Error = 4; 11690 break; 11691 } 11692 if (Error != -1) { 11693 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 11694 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 11695 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11696 } 11697 } 11698 11699 StmtResult 11700 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 11701 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 11702 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 11703 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 11704 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 11705 // A range-based for statement of the form 11706 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11707 // is equivalent to 11708 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11709 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11710 11711 const char *PrevSpec; 11712 unsigned DiagID; 11713 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 11714 getPrintingPolicy()); 11715 11716 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); 11717 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 11718 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 11719 11720 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11721 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 11722 IdentLoc); 11723 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 11724 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11725 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 11726 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 11727 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 11728 } 11729 11730 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 11731 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11732 11733 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11734 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 11735 // initialiser 11736 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 11737 !var->hasInit()) { 11738 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 11739 << 1 /*Init*/; 11740 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11741 return; 11742 } 11743 } 11744 11745 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11746 // local retaining variable. 11747 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11748 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11749 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11750 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11751 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11752 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11753 break; 11754 11755 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11756 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11757 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11758 break; 11759 } 11760 } 11761 11762 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 11763 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 11764 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11765 11766 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11767 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11768 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11769 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11770 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11771 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11772 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11773 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11774 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11775 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 11776 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11777 var->getLocation())) { 11778 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11779 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11780 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11781 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11782 11783 if (!prev) 11784 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11785 } 11786 11787 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11788 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11789 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 11790 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11791 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11792 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11793 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11794 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11795 }; 11796 11797 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11798 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11799 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11800 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11801 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11802 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11804 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11805 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11806 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11807 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11808 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11809 // initialization. 11810 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11811 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11812 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11813 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11814 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11815 } 11816 } 11817 } 11818 11819 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11820 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11821 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11822 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11823 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11824 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11825 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11826 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11827 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11828 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11829 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11830 } else { 11831 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11832 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11833 } 11834 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11835 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11836 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11837 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11838 } 11839 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11840 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11841 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11842 11843 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11844 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11845 // attribute. 11846 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11847 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11848 CurInitSegLoc)); 11849 } 11850 11851 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11852 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11853 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11854 // current module. 11855 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11856 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11857 return; 11858 } 11859 11860 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11861 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11862 11863 QualType type = var->getType(); 11864 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11865 11866 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11867 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11868 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11869 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11870 11871 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11872 // constructing this copy. 11873 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11874 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11875 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11876 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11877 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11878 ExprResult result 11879 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11880 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11881 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11882 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11883 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11884 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11885 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 11886 } 11887 } 11888 } 11889 11890 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11891 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11892 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11893 11894 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11895 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11896 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11897 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11898 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11899 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11900 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11901 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11902 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11903 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11904 Notes.clear(); 11905 } 11906 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11907 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11908 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11909 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11910 } 11911 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11912 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11913 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11914 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11915 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11916 } 11917 11918 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11919 // were just diagnosed. 11920 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11921 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11922 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11923 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11924 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11925 if (DiagErr) { 11926 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11927 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11928 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11929 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11930 << attr->getRange(); 11931 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11932 APValue Value; 11933 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11934 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11935 for (auto &it : Notes) 11936 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11937 } else { 11938 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11939 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11940 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11941 } 11942 } 11943 } 11944 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11945 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11946 var->getLocation())) { 11947 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11948 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11949 // warned about them. 11950 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11951 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11952 if (!checkConstInit()) 11953 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11954 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11955 } 11956 } 11957 } 11958 11959 // Require the destructor. 11960 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11961 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11962 11963 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11964 // module. 11965 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11966 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11967 } 11968 11969 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11970 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11971 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11972 return true; 11973 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11974 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11975 return true; 11976 return false; 11977 } 11978 11979 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11980 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11981 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11982 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11983 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11984 11985 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11986 if (!VD) 11987 return; 11988 11989 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11990 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11991 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11992 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11993 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11994 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11995 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11996 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11997 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11998 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11999 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 12000 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 12001 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12002 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 12003 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 12004 } 12005 12006 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 12007 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 12008 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 12009 } 12010 } 12011 12012 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 12013 12014 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 12015 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 12016 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 12017 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 12018 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 12019 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 12020 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 12021 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12022 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 12023 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 12024 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 12025 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 12026 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 12027 } 12028 } 12029 } 12030 12031 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 12032 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 12033 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 12034 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 12035 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 12036 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 12037 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12038 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12039 } 12040 // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 12041 // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device 12042 // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. 12043 // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable 12044 // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static 12045 // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. 12046 [&]() { 12047 if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) 12048 return; 12049 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) 12050 return; 12051 if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && 12052 !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 12053 return; 12054 if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 12055 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 12056 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 12057 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12058 }(); 12059 } 12060 } 12061 12062 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 12063 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 12064 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 12065 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 12066 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 12067 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 12068 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 12069 12070 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 12071 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 12072 12073 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 12074 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 12075 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 12076 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12077 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 12078 // with a warning. 12079 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 12080 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 12081 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 12082 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 12083 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12084 12085 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 12086 IsClassTemplateMember 12087 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 12088 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 12089 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12090 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 12091 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12092 } 12093 } 12094 12095 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 12096 // isn't exported with the variable. 12097 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 12098 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12099 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 12100 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12101 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 12102 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 12103 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 12104 } else { 12105 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 12106 << DLLAttr; 12107 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12108 } 12109 } 12110 12111 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 12112 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12113 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 12114 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 12115 } 12116 } 12117 12118 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 12119 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 12120 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 12121 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 12122 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 12123 12124 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 12125 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 12126 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 12127 12128 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 12129 // tag values. 12130 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 12131 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 12132 return; 12133 12134 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 12135 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 12136 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 12137 continue; 12138 } 12139 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 12140 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 12141 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12142 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 12143 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12144 continue; 12145 } 12146 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 12147 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12148 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 12149 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12150 continue; 12151 } 12152 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 12153 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 12154 MagicValue, 12155 I->getMatchingCType(), 12156 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 12157 I->getMustBeNull()); 12158 } 12159 } 12160 12161 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 12162 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 12163 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 12164 } 12165 12166 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 12167 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12168 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 12169 12170 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 12171 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 12172 12173 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12174 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12175 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 12176 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 12177 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 12178 12179 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12180 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 12181 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 12182 // to perform. 12183 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 12184 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 12185 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 12186 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 12187 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 12188 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 12189 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 12190 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 12191 12192 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 12193 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 12194 // declaration in the same group. 12195 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 12196 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 12197 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 12198 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12199 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12200 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 12201 } 12202 12203 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 12204 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 12205 // declarator in the same group. 12206 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 12207 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 12208 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 12209 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 12210 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 12211 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12212 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12213 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 12214 } 12215 } 12216 } 12217 12218 Decls.push_back(D); 12219 } 12220 } 12221 12222 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 12223 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 12224 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 12225 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 12226 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12227 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 12228 } 12229 } 12230 12231 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 12232 } 12233 12234 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 12235 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 12236 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 12237 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12238 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 12239 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 12240 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 12241 if (Group.size() > 1) { 12242 QualType Deduced; 12243 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 12244 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12245 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 12246 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 12247 break; 12248 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 12249 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 12250 continue; 12251 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 12252 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 12253 DeducedDecl = D; 12254 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 12255 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 12256 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 12257 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 12258 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 12259 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 12260 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 12261 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 12262 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 12263 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12264 break; 12265 } 12266 } 12267 } 12268 12269 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 12270 12271 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 12272 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 12273 } 12274 12275 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 12276 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 12277 } 12278 12279 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12280 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 12281 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 12282 return; 12283 12284 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 12285 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 12286 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 12287 Group[0]->getLocation())) 12288 return; 12289 12290 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 12291 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 12292 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 12293 // additional declaration references: 12294 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 12295 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 12296 // 'struct S *pS;' 12297 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 12298 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 12299 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 12300 Group = Group.slice(1); 12301 } 12302 } 12303 12304 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 12305 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 12306 if (!Comments.empty() && 12307 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 12308 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 12309 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 12310 // 12311 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 12312 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 12313 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 12314 // ahead through comments. 12315 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 12316 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 12317 } 12318 } 12319 12320 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 12321 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 12322 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 12323 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 12324 12325 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 12326 12327 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 12328 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 12329 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 12330 SC = SC_Register; 12331 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 12332 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 12333 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12334 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12335 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 12336 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 12337 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 12338 } 12339 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12340 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 12341 SC = SC_Auto; 12342 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 12343 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12344 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 12345 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 12346 } 12347 12348 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12349 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 12350 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12351 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 12352 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 12353 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 12354 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 12355 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 12356 << 0; 12357 12358 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 12359 12360 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12361 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 12362 12363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12364 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 12365 // parameter. 12366 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12367 12368 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 12369 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 12370 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 12371 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 12372 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 12373 } 12374 } 12375 12376 // Ensure we have a valid name 12377 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 12378 if (D.hasName()) { 12379 II = D.getIdentifier(); 12380 if (!II) { 12381 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 12382 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 12383 D.setInvalidType(true); 12384 } 12385 } 12386 12387 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 12388 if (II) { 12389 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 12390 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 12391 LookupName(R, S); 12392 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 12393 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 12394 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12395 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12396 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12397 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12398 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12399 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12400 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 12401 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12402 12403 // Recover by removing the name 12404 II = nullptr; 12405 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 12406 D.setInvalidType(true); 12407 } 12408 } 12409 } 12410 12411 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 12412 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 12413 // looking like class members in C++. 12414 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12415 D.getLocStart(), 12416 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 12417 parmDeclType, TInfo, 12418 SC); 12419 12420 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12421 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12422 12423 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 12424 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 12425 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 12426 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 12427 12428 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 12429 S->AddDecl(New); 12430 if (II) 12431 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 12432 12433 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 12434 12435 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12436 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12437 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 12438 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12439 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12440 12441 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 12442 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 12443 } 12444 return New; 12445 } 12446 12447 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 12448 /// typedef. 12449 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 12450 SourceLocation Loc, 12451 QualType T) { 12452 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 12453 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 12454 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 12455 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 12456 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 12457 SC_None, nullptr); 12458 Param->setImplicit(); 12459 return Param; 12460 } 12461 12462 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 12463 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 12464 // will already have done so in the template itself. 12465 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 12466 return; 12467 12468 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12469 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 12470 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 12471 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 12472 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 12473 } 12474 } 12475 } 12476 12477 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 12478 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 12479 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 12480 return; 12481 12482 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12483 // threshold. 12484 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 12485 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 12486 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12487 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 12488 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 12489 } 12490 12491 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12492 // threshold. 12493 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12494 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 12495 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 12496 continue; 12497 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 12498 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12499 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 12500 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 12501 } 12502 } 12503 12504 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 12505 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 12506 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 12507 StorageClass SC) { 12508 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 12509 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 12510 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 12511 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 12512 12513 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 12514 12515 // Special cases for arrays: 12516 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 12517 // - otherwise, it's an error 12518 if (T->isArrayType()) { 12519 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 12520 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 12521 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 12522 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 12523 } 12524 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 12525 } else { 12526 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 12527 } 12528 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 12529 } 12530 12531 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 12532 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 12533 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 12534 12535 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 12536 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 12537 // the class has been completely parsed. 12538 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 12539 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12540 AbstractParamType)) 12541 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12542 12543 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 12544 // passed by reference. 12545 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 12546 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 12547 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 12548 Diag(NameLoc, 12549 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 12550 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 12551 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 12552 New->setType(T); 12553 } 12554 12555 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 12556 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 12557 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 12558 // an address space. 12559 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 12560 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 12561 // to be qualified with an address space. 12562 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12563 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 12564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 12565 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12566 } 12567 12568 return New; 12569 } 12570 12571 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 12572 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 12573 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 12574 12575 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 12576 // for a K&R function. 12577 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 12578 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 12579 --i; 12580 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 12581 SmallString<256> Code; 12582 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 12583 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 12584 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 12585 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 12586 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 12587 12588 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 12589 // type. 12590 AttributeFactory attrs; 12591 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 12592 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 12593 unsigned DiagID; // unused 12594 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 12595 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12596 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 12597 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12598 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12599 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); 12600 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12601 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 12602 } 12603 } 12604 } 12605 } 12606 12607 Decl * 12608 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 12609 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12610 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12611 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 12612 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 12613 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 12614 12615 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 12616 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 12617 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 12618 } 12619 12620 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 12621 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 12622 } 12623 12624 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 12625 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12626 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 12627 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12628 return false; 12629 12630 // Or declarations that aren't global. 12631 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 12632 return false; 12633 12634 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 12635 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 12636 return false; 12637 12638 // Don't warn about 'main'. 12639 if (FD->isMain()) 12640 return false; 12641 12642 // Don't warn about inline functions. 12643 if (FD->isInlined()) 12644 return false; 12645 12646 // Don't warn about function templates. 12647 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12648 return false; 12649 12650 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 12651 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 12652 return false; 12653 12654 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 12655 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 12656 return false; 12657 12658 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 12659 if (FD->isDeleted()) 12660 return false; 12661 12662 bool MissingPrototype = true; 12663 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 12664 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 12665 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 12666 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 12667 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12668 continue; 12669 12670 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 12671 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 12672 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 12673 break; 12674 } 12675 12676 return MissingPrototype; 12677 } 12678 12679 void 12680 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 12681 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 12682 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12683 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 12684 if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { 12685 // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not 12686 // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see 12687 // [temp.inst]p2: 12688 // 12689 // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration 12690 // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that 12691 // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a 12692 // definition. 12693 // 12694 // The following code must produce redefinition error: 12695 // 12696 // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; 12697 // C20<int> c20i; 12698 // void func_20() {} 12699 // 12700 for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { 12701 if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && 12702 I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 12703 if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12704 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12705 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 12706 // the same class, is OK. 12707 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && 12708 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), 12709 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 12710 continue; 12711 } 12712 12713 if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12714 Definition = I; 12715 break; 12716 } 12717 } 12718 } 12719 } 12720 } 12721 if (!Definition) 12722 return; 12723 12724 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 12725 return; 12726 12727 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 12728 // definition. 12729 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 12730 return; 12731 12732 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 12733 // a template, skip the new definition. 12734 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 12735 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 12736 Definition->isInlined() || 12737 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 12738 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 12739 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12740 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12741 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 12742 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 12743 return; 12744 } 12745 12746 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 12747 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 12748 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12749 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12750 else 12751 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12752 12753 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12754 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12755 } 12756 12757 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12758 Sema &S) { 12759 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12760 12761 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12762 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12763 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12764 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12765 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12766 12767 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12768 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12769 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12770 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12771 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12772 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12773 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12774 12775 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12776 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12777 12778 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12779 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12780 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12781 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12782 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12783 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12784 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12785 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12786 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12787 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12788 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12789 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12790 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12791 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12792 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 12793 12794 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12795 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 12796 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 12797 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12798 } else { 12799 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 12800 } 12801 ++I; 12802 } 12803 } 12804 12805 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12806 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12807 if (!D) { 12808 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 12809 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 12810 PushFunctionScope(); 12811 return D; 12812 } 12813 12814 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12815 12816 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12817 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12818 else 12819 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12820 12821 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12822 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12823 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12824 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12825 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12826 } 12827 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12828 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12829 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12830 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12831 } 12832 12833 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 12834 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 12835 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12836 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12837 12838 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12839 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12840 return D; 12841 } 12842 12843 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12844 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12845 // this function. 12846 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12847 12848 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12849 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12850 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12851 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12852 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12853 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12854 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12855 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12856 // have the LSI properly restored. 12857 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12858 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12859 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12860 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12861 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12862 } else { 12863 // Enter a new function scope 12864 PushFunctionScope(); 12865 } 12866 12867 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12868 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12869 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12870 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12871 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12872 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12873 } 12874 } 12875 12876 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12877 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12878 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12879 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12880 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12881 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12882 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12883 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12884 12885 if (FnBodyScope) 12886 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12887 12888 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12889 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12890 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12891 12892 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12893 // scope. 12894 if (FnBodyScope) { 12895 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12896 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12897 if (!NonParmDecl) 12898 continue; 12899 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12900 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12901 12902 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12903 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12904 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12905 12906 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12907 // accessible in this scope. 12908 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12909 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12910 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12911 } 12912 } 12913 } 12914 12915 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12916 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12917 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12918 12919 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12920 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12921 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12922 12923 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12924 } 12925 } 12926 12927 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12928 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12929 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12930 12931 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12932 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12933 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12934 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12935 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12936 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12937 return D; 12938 } 12939 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12940 // a function template). 12941 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12942 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12943 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12944 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12945 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12946 12947 return D; 12948 } 12949 12950 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12951 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12952 /// optimization. 12953 /// 12954 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12955 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12956 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12957 /// use the named return value optimization. 12958 /// 12959 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12960 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12961 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12962 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12963 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12964 12965 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12966 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12967 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12968 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12969 } 12970 } 12971 } 12972 12973 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12974 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12975 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12976 return false; 12977 12978 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12979 // return type (yet). 12980 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12981 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12982 // we can still delay parsing it. 12983 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12984 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12985 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12986 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12987 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12988 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12989 } 12990 } 12991 return false; 12992 } 12993 12994 return true; 12995 } 12996 12997 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12998 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12999 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 13000 // rest of the file. 13001 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 13002 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 13003 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 13004 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 13005 return false; 13006 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 13007 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 13008 // "undeduced". 13009 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 13010 return false; 13011 } 13012 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 13013 } 13014 13015 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 13016 if (!Decl) 13017 return nullptr; 13018 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 13019 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13020 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 13021 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13022 return Decl; 13023 } 13024 13025 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 13026 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 13027 } 13028 13029 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 13030 bool IsInstantiation) { 13031 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 13032 13033 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 13034 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 13035 13036 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 13037 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 13038 13039 if (FD) { 13040 FD->setBody(Body); 13041 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 13042 13043 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 13044 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 13045 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 13046 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 13047 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 13048 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 13049 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 13050 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 13051 << FD->getReturnType(); 13052 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13053 } else { 13054 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 13055 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 13056 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 13057 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 13058 } 13059 } 13060 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 13061 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 13062 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 13063 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 13064 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 13065 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 13066 13067 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 13068 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 13069 // [the deduced type is] the type void 13070 QualType RetType = 13071 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 13072 13073 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 13074 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 13075 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13076 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 13077 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 13078 } 13079 } 13080 13081 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 13082 // don't complain about missing return statements. 13083 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 13084 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 13085 13086 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 13087 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 13088 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 13089 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 13090 13091 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13092 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 13093 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 13094 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 13095 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 13096 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 13097 13098 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 13099 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 13100 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 13101 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 13102 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 13103 13104 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 13105 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 13106 // to deduce an implicit return type. 13107 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 13108 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 13109 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13110 } 13111 13112 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 13113 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 13114 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 13115 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 13116 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 13117 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 13118 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 13119 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 13120 13121 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 13122 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 13123 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 13124 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 13125 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 13126 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13127 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 13128 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 13129 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 13130 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 13131 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 13132 } 13133 } 13134 13135 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 13136 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 13137 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 13138 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 13139 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 13140 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 13141 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 13142 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 13143 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 13144 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 13145 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13146 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 13147 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 13148 } 13149 } 13150 13151 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 13152 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 13153 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 13154 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 13155 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getLocStart(), 13156 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 13157 13158 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 13159 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 13160 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 13161 MD->isVirtual() && 13162 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 13163 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 13164 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 13165 if (FD->isInlined() && 13166 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 13167 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 13168 13169 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 13170 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 13171 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 13172 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 13173 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 13174 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13175 } else { 13176 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 13177 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13178 } 13179 } 13180 } 13181 13182 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 13183 "Function parsing confused"); 13184 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 13185 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 13186 MD->setBody(Body); 13187 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13188 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 13189 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 13190 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 13191 13192 if (Body) 13193 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13194 } 13195 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 13196 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 13197 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 13198 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 13199 } 13200 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 13201 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 13202 bool isDesignated = 13203 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 13204 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 13205 (void)isDesignated; 13206 13207 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 13208 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 13209 if (!IFace) 13210 return false; 13211 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 13212 if (!SuperD) 13213 return false; 13214 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 13215 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 13216 }; 13217 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 13218 // of NSObject. 13219 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 13220 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13221 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 13222 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 13223 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 13224 } 13225 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 13226 } 13227 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 13228 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 13229 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 13230 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13231 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 13232 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 13233 } 13234 } else { 13235 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 13236 // we pushed on. 13237 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13238 return nullptr; 13239 } 13240 13241 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 13242 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 13243 13244 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 13245 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 13246 "handled in the block above."); 13247 13248 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 13249 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 13250 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 13251 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 13252 // Verify this. 13253 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 13254 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 13255 13256 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 13257 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 13258 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 13259 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 13260 13261 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 13262 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 13263 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 13264 13265 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 13266 Destructor->getParent()); 13267 } 13268 13269 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13270 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13271 // deletion in some later function. 13272 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 13273 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 13274 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13275 } 13276 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 13277 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 13278 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 13279 // enabled. 13280 ActivePolicy = &WP; 13281 } 13282 13283 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13284 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 13285 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 13286 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13287 13288 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 13289 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 13290 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 13291 // require prologue. 13292 bool RegisterVariables = false; 13293 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 13294 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 13295 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 13296 RegisterVariables = 13297 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 13298 if (!RegisterVariables) 13299 break; 13300 } 13301 } 13302 } 13303 if (RegisterVariables) 13304 continue; 13305 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 13306 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 13307 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 13308 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13309 break; 13310 } 13311 } 13312 } 13313 13314 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 13315 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 13316 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 13317 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 13318 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 13319 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 13320 } 13321 13322 if (!IsInstantiation) 13323 PopDeclContext(); 13324 13325 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13326 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13327 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13328 // deletion in some later function. 13329 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 13330 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13331 } 13332 13333 return dcl; 13334 } 13335 13336 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 13337 /// relevant Decl. 13338 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 13339 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 13340 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 13341 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 13342 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 13343 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 13344 13345 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 13346 if (Method->isStatic()) 13347 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 13348 } 13349 13350 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 13351 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 13352 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 13353 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 13354 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 13355 // DeclContext. 13356 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 13357 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 13358 // instead. 13359 Scope *BlockScope = S; 13360 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 13361 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 13362 13363 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 13364 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 13365 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 13366 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 13367 13368 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 13369 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 13370 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 13371 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 13372 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 13373 if (ExternCPrev) { 13374 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 13375 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 13376 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 13377 13378 // C89 footnote 38: 13379 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 13380 // the behavior is undefined. 13381 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 13382 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 13383 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 13384 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 13385 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 13386 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 13387 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13388 return ExternCPrev; 13389 } 13390 } 13391 13392 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 13393 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 13394 unsigned diag_id; 13395 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 13396 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 13397 else if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13398 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 13399 else 13400 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 13401 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II << getLangOpts().OpenCL; 13402 13403 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 13404 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 13405 // more to do. 13406 if (ExternCPrev) 13407 return ExternCPrev; 13408 13409 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 13410 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 13411 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 13412 TypoCorrection Corrected; 13413 if (S && 13414 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 13415 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 13416 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 13417 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 13418 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 13419 } 13420 13421 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 13422 const char *Dummy; 13423 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 13424 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 13425 unsigned DiagID; 13426 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 13427 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13428 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 13429 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 13430 SourceLocation NoLoc; 13431 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); 13432 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 13433 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 13434 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13435 /*Params=*/nullptr, 13436 /*NumParams=*/0, 13437 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 13438 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13439 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 13440 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 13441 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13442 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13443 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13444 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13445 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 13446 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 13447 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 13448 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 13449 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 13450 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 13451 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 13452 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 13453 Loc, D), 13454 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 13455 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 13456 13457 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 13458 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 13459 FD->setImplicit(); 13460 13461 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 13462 13463 return FD; 13464 } 13465 13466 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 13467 /// the declaration of this function. 13468 /// 13469 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 13470 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 13471 /// like NSLog or printf. 13472 /// 13473 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 13474 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 13475 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 13476 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13477 return; 13478 13479 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 13480 // actual attributes. 13481 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13482 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 13483 unsigned FormatIdx; 13484 bool HasVAListArg; 13485 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 13486 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 13487 const char *fmt = "printf"; 13488 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 13489 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 13490 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 13491 fmt = "NSString"; 13492 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13493 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 13494 FormatIdx+1, 13495 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13496 FD->getLocation())); 13497 } 13498 } 13499 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 13500 HasVAListArg)) { 13501 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13502 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13503 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 13504 FormatIdx+1, 13505 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13506 FD->getLocation())); 13507 } 13508 13509 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 13510 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 13511 // intrinsics for such functions. 13512 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 13513 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 13514 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13515 13516 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 13517 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 13518 // C standard. 13519 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 13520 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 13521 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 13522 switch (BuiltinID) { 13523 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 13524 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 13525 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 13526 case Builtin::BIfma: 13527 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 13528 case Builtin::BIfmal: 13529 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13530 break; 13531 default: 13532 break; 13533 } 13534 } 13535 13536 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 13537 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 13538 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13539 FD->getLocation())); 13540 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 13541 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13542 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 13543 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13544 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 13545 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13546 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 13547 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 13548 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 13549 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 13550 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 13551 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 13552 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 13553 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13554 else 13555 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13556 } 13557 } 13558 13559 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 13560 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 13561 // across. 13562 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 13563 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 13564 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13565 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 13566 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13567 } 13568 13569 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 13570 if (!Name) 13571 return; 13572 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13573 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 13574 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 13575 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 13576 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 13577 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 13578 // about. 13579 } else 13580 return; 13581 13582 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 13583 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 13584 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 13585 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13586 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13587 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 13588 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 13589 FD->getLocation())); 13590 } 13591 13592 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 13593 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 13594 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 13595 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 13596 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 13597 FD->getLocation())); 13598 } 13599 } 13600 13601 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 13602 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 13603 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 13604 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 13605 13606 if (!TInfo) { 13607 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 13608 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 13609 } 13610 13611 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 13612 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13613 D.getLocStart(), 13614 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 13615 D.getIdentifier(), 13616 TInfo); 13617 13618 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 13619 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 13620 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 13621 return NewTD; 13622 } 13623 13624 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 13625 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13626 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13627 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 13628 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13629 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13630 else 13631 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 13632 } 13633 13634 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 13635 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 13636 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 13637 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 13638 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 13639 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 13640 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 13641 case TST_enum: 13642 case TST_struct: 13643 case TST_interface: 13644 case TST_union: 13645 case TST_class: { 13646 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 13647 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 13648 break; 13649 } 13650 13651 default: 13652 break; 13653 } 13654 13655 return NewTD; 13656 } 13657 13658 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 13659 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 13660 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 13661 QualType T = TI->getType(); 13662 13663 if (T->isDependentType()) 13664 return false; 13665 13666 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 13667 if (BT->isInteger()) 13668 return false; 13669 13670 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 13671 return true; 13672 } 13673 13674 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 13675 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 13676 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 13677 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 13678 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 13679 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 13680 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 13681 << Prev->isScoped(); 13682 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13683 return true; 13684 } 13685 13686 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 13687 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 13688 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 13689 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 13690 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 13691 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 13692 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 13693 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 13694 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 13695 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 13696 return true; 13697 } 13698 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 13699 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 13700 << Prev->isFixed(); 13701 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13702 return true; 13703 } 13704 13705 return false; 13706 } 13707 13708 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 13709 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 13710 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 13711 /// 13712 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 13713 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 13714 switch (Tag) { 13715 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 13716 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 13717 case TTK_Class: return 2; 13718 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 13719 } 13720 } 13721 13722 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 13723 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 13724 /// 13725 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 13726 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 13727 { 13728 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 13729 } 13730 13731 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 13732 TagTypeKind TTK) { 13733 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13734 return NTK_Typedef; 13735 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13736 return NTK_TypeAlias; 13737 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13738 return NTK_Template; 13739 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13740 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 13741 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13742 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 13743 switch (TTK) { 13744 case TTK_Struct: 13745 case TTK_Interface: 13746 case TTK_Class: 13747 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 13748 case TTK_Union: 13749 return NTK_NonUnion; 13750 case TTK_Enum: 13751 return NTK_NonEnum; 13752 } 13753 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 13754 } 13755 13756 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 13757 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 13758 /// 13759 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 13760 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 13761 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 13762 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 13763 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 13764 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 13765 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 13766 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 13767 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 13768 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 13769 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 13770 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 13771 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 13772 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 13773 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 13774 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 13775 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 13776 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 13777 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 13778 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 13779 if (OldTag == NewTag) 13780 return true; 13781 13782 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 13783 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 13784 bool isTemplate = false; 13785 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 13786 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13787 13788 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13789 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 13790 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 13791 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13792 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13793 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13794 return true; 13795 } 13796 13797 if (isDefinition) { 13798 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 13799 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 13800 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13801 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 13802 return true; 13803 } 13804 13805 bool previousMismatch = false; 13806 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 13807 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 13808 if (!previousMismatch) { 13809 previousMismatch = true; 13810 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 13811 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13812 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 13813 } 13814 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13815 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 13816 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 13817 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 13818 } 13819 } 13820 return true; 13821 } 13822 13823 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 13824 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 13825 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 13826 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 13827 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 13828 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 13829 return true; 13830 } 13831 13832 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13833 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13834 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13835 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13836 13837 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 13838 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13839 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13840 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 13841 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 13842 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 13843 } 13844 13845 return true; 13846 } 13847 return false; 13848 } 13849 13850 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 13851 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 13852 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 13853 /// namespace N { 13854 /// struct X; 13855 /// namespace M { 13856 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13857 /// } 13858 /// } 13859 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13860 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13861 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13862 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13863 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13864 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13865 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13866 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13867 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13868 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13869 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13870 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13871 return FixItHint(); 13872 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13873 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13874 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13875 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13876 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13877 break; 13878 } 13879 13880 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13881 // build an NNS. 13882 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13883 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13884 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13885 OS << "::"; 13886 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13887 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13888 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13889 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13890 } 13891 13892 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13893 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13894 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13895 /// using-declaration). 13896 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13897 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13898 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13899 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13900 13901 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13902 return true; 13903 13904 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13905 // encloses the other). 13906 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13907 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13908 return true; 13909 13910 return false; 13911 } 13912 13913 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13914 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13915 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13916 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13917 /// 13918 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13919 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13920 /// 13921 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13922 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13923 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13924 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13925 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13926 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 13927 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13928 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13929 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13930 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13931 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13932 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 13933 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13934 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13935 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13936 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13937 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13938 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13939 13940 OwnedDecl = false; 13941 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13942 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13943 13944 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13945 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13946 bool Invalid = false; 13947 13948 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13949 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13950 // for non-C++ cases. 13951 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13952 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13953 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13954 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13955 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13956 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13957 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13958 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13959 return nullptr; 13960 } 13961 13962 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13963 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13964 // be a member of another template). 13965 13966 if (Invalid) 13967 return nullptr; 13968 13969 OwnedDecl = false; 13970 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 13971 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 13972 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 13973 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 13974 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 13975 return Result.get(); 13976 } else { 13977 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13978 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13979 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13980 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13981 } 13982 } 13983 } 13984 13985 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13986 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13987 // redeclaration. 13988 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13989 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 13990 13991 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13992 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 13993 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13994 // type, default to int. 13995 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13996 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13997 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13998 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13999 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 14000 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 14001 EnumUnderlying = TI; 14002 14003 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 14004 // Recover by falling back to int. 14005 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14006 14007 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 14008 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 14009 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14010 14011 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 14012 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 14013 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 14014 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 14015 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 14016 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14017 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14018 } 14019 } 14020 14021 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 14022 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 14023 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 14024 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 14025 14026 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 14027 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 14028 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 14029 14030 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 14031 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 14032 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 14033 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 14034 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 14035 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14036 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14037 // keyword. 14038 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14039 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 14040 14041 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14042 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 14043 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14044 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 14045 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 14046 return nullptr; 14047 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14048 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14049 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 14050 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14051 else 14052 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 14053 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14054 } 14055 } else { // struct/union 14056 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14057 nullptr); 14058 } 14059 14060 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14061 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 14062 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14063 // 14064 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14065 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14066 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14067 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14068 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14069 // parsing of the struct). 14070 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14071 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14072 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14073 } 14074 } 14075 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14076 return New; 14077 }; 14078 14079 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 14080 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14081 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 14082 14083 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 14084 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 14085 Name = nullptr; 14086 goto CreateNewDecl; 14087 } 14088 14089 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 14090 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 14091 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14092 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 14093 if (!DC) { 14094 IsDependent = true; 14095 return nullptr; 14096 } 14097 } else { 14098 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 14099 if (!DC) { 14100 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 14101 << SS.getRange(); 14102 return nullptr; 14103 } 14104 } 14105 14106 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 14107 return nullptr; 14108 14109 SearchDC = DC; 14110 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 14111 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 14112 14113 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14114 return nullptr; 14115 14116 if (Previous.empty()) { 14117 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 14118 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 14119 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 14120 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 14121 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 14122 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 14123 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 14124 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 14125 IsDependent = true; 14126 return nullptr; 14127 } 14128 14129 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 14130 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 14131 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 14132 Name = nullptr; 14133 Invalid = true; 14134 goto CreateNewDecl; 14135 } 14136 } else if (Name) { 14137 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 14138 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 14139 // name different from T: 14140 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 14141 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14142 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 14143 return nullptr; 14144 14145 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 14146 // declaration or definition. 14147 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 14148 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 14149 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 14150 LookupName(Previous, S); 14151 14152 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 14153 // by types using'ed into this scope. 14154 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 14155 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 14156 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14157 while (F.hasNext()) { 14158 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14159 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 14160 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 14161 F.erase(); 14162 } 14163 F.done(); 14164 } 14165 14166 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 14167 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 14168 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 14169 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 14170 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 14171 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 14172 // 14173 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 14174 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 14175 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 14176 // 14177 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 14178 // semantic context? 14179 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14180 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14181 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14182 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 14183 while (F.hasNext()) { 14184 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14185 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14186 if (DC->isFileContext() && 14187 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 14188 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14189 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 14190 else 14191 F.erase(); 14192 } 14193 } 14194 F.done(); 14195 14196 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 14197 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 14198 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 14199 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14200 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 14201 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 14202 } 14203 } 14204 14205 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 14206 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14207 return nullptr; 14208 14209 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 14210 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 14211 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 14212 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 14213 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 14214 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 14215 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 14216 } 14217 } 14218 14219 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 14220 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 14221 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14222 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14223 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14224 Previous.clear(); 14225 } 14226 14227 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 14228 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 14229 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 14230 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 14231 isStdBadAlloc = true; 14232 14233 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 14234 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 14235 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 14236 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 14237 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 14238 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 14239 isStdAlignValT = true; 14240 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 14241 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 14242 } 14243 } 14244 14245 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 14246 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 14247 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 14248 // there's a shadow friend decl. 14249 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 14250 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 14251 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 14252 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 14253 14254 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 14255 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 14256 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 14257 // 14258 // class-key identifier 14259 // 14260 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 14261 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 14262 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 14263 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 14264 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 14265 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 14266 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 14267 // declaration. 14268 // 14269 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 14270 // C structs and unions. 14271 // 14272 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 14273 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 14274 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 14275 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 14276 // 14277 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 14278 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 14279 // 14280 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 14281 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 14282 // lexical context, 14283 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 14284 14285 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 14286 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14287 } else { 14288 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 14289 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 14290 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 14291 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 14292 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 14293 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14294 } 14295 14296 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 14297 // diagnose some problems. 14298 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 14299 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 14300 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 14301 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 14302 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14303 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14304 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 14305 } else { 14306 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14307 LookupName(Previous, S); 14308 } 14309 } 14310 14311 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 14312 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 14313 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 14314 14315 if (!Previous.empty()) { 14316 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14317 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14318 14319 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 14320 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 14321 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 14322 // in C++. 14323 // 14324 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 14325 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 14326 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 14327 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 14328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14329 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14330 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 14331 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 14332 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 14333 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 14334 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 14335 PrevDecl = Tag; 14336 Previous.clear(); 14337 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 14338 Previous.resolveKind(); 14339 } 14340 } 14341 } 14342 } 14343 14344 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 14345 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 14346 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 14347 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 14348 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 14349 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14350 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 14351 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 14352 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 14353 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 14354 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 14355 diag::note_using_decl_target); 14356 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 14357 << 0; 14358 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 14359 Previous.clear(); 14360 goto CreateNewDecl; 14361 } 14362 } 14363 14364 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14365 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 14366 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 14367 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 14368 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 14369 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14370 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14371 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 14372 // struct or something similar. 14373 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 14374 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 14375 Name)) { 14376 bool SafeToContinue 14377 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 14378 Kind != TTK_Enum); 14379 if (SafeToContinue) 14380 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 14381 << Name 14382 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 14383 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 14384 else 14385 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 14386 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14387 14388 if (SafeToContinue) 14389 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 14390 else { 14391 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 14392 Name = nullptr; 14393 Previous.clear(); 14394 Invalid = true; 14395 } 14396 } 14397 14398 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 14399 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 14400 14401 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 14402 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 14403 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14404 if (ScopedEnum) 14405 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 14406 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 14407 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 14408 return PrevTagDecl; 14409 } 14410 14411 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 14412 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14413 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 14414 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 14415 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 14416 14417 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 14418 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 14419 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 14420 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 14421 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 14422 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 14423 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 14424 } 14425 14426 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 14427 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 14428 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 14429 // and then later defined. 14430 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 14431 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 14432 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 14433 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14434 } 14435 14436 if (!Invalid) { 14437 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 14438 // we have attributes. 14439 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14440 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 14441 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 14442 // declaration to hold them. 14443 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 14444 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 14445 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 14446 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 14447 SS.isEmpty()) { 14448 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 14449 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 14450 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 14451 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 14452 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 14453 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 14454 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 14455 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 14456 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 14457 return PrevTagDecl; 14458 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 14459 // that scope. 14460 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14461 } else { 14462 return PrevTagDecl; 14463 } 14464 } 14465 14466 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 14467 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14468 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 14469 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 14470 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 14471 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 14472 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 14473 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 14474 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 14475 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14476 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14477 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14478 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 14479 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14480 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14481 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14482 } 14483 14484 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 14485 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 14486 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 14487 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 14488 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 14489 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 14490 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 14491 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 14492 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 14493 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 14494 // use it in place of this one. 14495 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14496 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 14497 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 14498 // comparison. 14499 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 14500 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 14501 SkipBody->Previous = Hidden; 14502 } else { 14503 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 14504 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 14505 } 14506 return Def; 14507 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 14508 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 14509 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 14510 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 14511 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 14512 else 14513 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 14514 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 14515 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 14516 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 14517 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 14518 // references get the previous definition. 14519 Name = nullptr; 14520 Previous.clear(); 14521 Invalid = true; 14522 } 14523 } else { 14524 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 14525 // about a nested redefinition. 14526 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 14527 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 14528 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 14529 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 14530 diag::note_previous_definition); 14531 Name = nullptr; 14532 Previous.clear(); 14533 Invalid = true; 14534 } 14535 } 14536 14537 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 14538 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 14539 } 14540 14541 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 14542 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 14543 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 14544 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14545 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 14546 AS = AS_none; 14547 } 14548 } 14549 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 14550 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 14551 14552 } else { 14553 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 14554 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 14555 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 14556 // have distinct types. 14557 Previous.clear(); 14558 } 14559 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 14560 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 14561 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 14562 14563 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 14564 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 14565 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 14566 } else { 14567 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 14568 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 14569 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 14570 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 14571 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 14572 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14573 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 14574 << Kind; 14575 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 14576 Invalid = true; 14577 14578 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 14579 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14580 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14581 // do nothing 14582 14583 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 14584 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14585 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14586 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 14587 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14588 Invalid = true; 14589 14590 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 14591 // case here. 14592 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14593 unsigned Kind = 0; 14594 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 14595 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 14596 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 14597 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14598 Invalid = true; 14599 14600 // Otherwise, diagnose. 14601 } else { 14602 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 14603 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 14604 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 14605 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 14606 Name = nullptr; 14607 Invalid = true; 14608 } 14609 14610 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 14611 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 14612 Previous.clear(); 14613 } 14614 } 14615 14616 CreateNewDecl: 14617 14618 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14619 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 14620 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14621 14622 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14623 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14624 // keyword. 14625 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14626 14627 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 14628 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 14629 // PrevDecl. 14630 TagDecl *New; 14631 14632 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14633 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14634 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 14635 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14636 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 14637 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14638 14639 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 14640 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14641 14642 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 14643 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 14644 TagDecl *Def; 14645 if (IsFixed && (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 14646 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 14647 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 14648 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 14649 } 14650 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 14651 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 14652 << New; 14653 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14654 } else { 14655 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 14656 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14657 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 14658 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14659 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 14660 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 14661 } 14662 } 14663 14664 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14665 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14666 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14667 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14668 else 14669 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 14670 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14671 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 14672 } 14673 } else { 14674 // struct/union/class 14675 14676 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14677 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 14678 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14679 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 14680 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14681 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14682 14683 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 14684 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 14685 } else 14686 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14687 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14688 } 14689 14690 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 14691 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 14692 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 14693 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14694 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 14695 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14696 Invalid = true; 14697 } 14698 14699 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 14700 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 14701 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 14702 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14703 Invalid = true; 14704 } 14705 14706 // Maybe add qualifier info. 14707 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14708 if (SS.isSet()) { 14709 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 14710 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 14711 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 14712 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 14713 isMemberSpecialization)) 14714 Invalid = true; 14715 14716 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 14717 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 14718 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 14719 } 14720 } 14721 else 14722 Invalid = true; 14723 } 14724 14725 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14726 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 14727 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14728 // 14729 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14730 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14731 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14732 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14733 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14734 // parsing of the struct). 14735 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14736 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14737 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14738 } 14739 } 14740 14741 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 14742 if (isMemberSpecialization) 14743 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 14744 << 2 14745 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 14746 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 14747 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 14748 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 14749 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14750 New->setModulePrivate(); 14751 } 14752 14753 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 14754 // check the specialization. 14755 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 14756 Invalid = true; 14757 14758 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 14759 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 14760 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 14761 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 14762 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 14763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14764 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 14765 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 14766 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 14767 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 14768 << Name; 14769 Invalid = true; 14770 } 14771 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 14772 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14773 } 14774 } 14775 14776 if (Invalid) 14777 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14778 14779 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 14780 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 14781 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14782 14783 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 14784 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 14785 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 14786 // the tag name visible. 14787 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 14788 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 14789 14790 // Set the access specifier. 14791 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 14792 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 14793 14794 if (PrevDecl) 14795 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 14796 14797 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 14798 New->startDefinition(); 14799 14800 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 14801 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 14802 14803 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14804 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14805 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 14806 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 14807 if (PrevDecl) 14808 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 14809 14810 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14811 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14812 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 14813 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 14814 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 14815 } else if (Name) { 14816 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14817 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 14818 } else { 14819 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14820 } 14821 14822 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 14823 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 14824 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 14825 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 14826 II->isStr("FILE")) 14827 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 14828 14829 if (PrevDecl) 14830 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 14831 14832 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14833 // record. 14834 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 14835 14836 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 14837 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 14838 14839 OwnedDecl = true; 14840 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 14841 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 14842 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14843 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 14844 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 14845 RD->completeDefinition(); 14846 return nullptr; 14847 } else { 14848 return New; 14849 } 14850 } 14851 14852 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14853 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14854 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14855 14856 // Enter the tag context. 14857 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 14858 14859 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 14860 14861 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14862 // record. 14863 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 14864 } 14865 14866 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 14867 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 14868 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 14869 return false; 14870 14871 // Make the previous decl visible. 14872 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 14873 return true; 14874 } 14875 14876 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 14877 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 14878 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 14879 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 14880 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 14881 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 14882 CurContext = OCD; 14883 return IDecl; 14884 } 14885 14886 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14887 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 14888 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 14889 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 14890 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14891 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 14892 14893 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 14894 14895 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 14896 return; 14897 14898 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 14899 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 14900 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 14901 14902 // C++ [class]p2: 14903 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 14904 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 14905 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 14906 // as if it were a public member name. 14907 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 14908 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 14909 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 14910 Record->getIdentifier(), 14911 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 14912 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 14913 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 14914 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 14915 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 14916 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 14917 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 14918 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 14919 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 14920 "Broken injected-class-name"); 14921 } 14922 14923 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14924 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14925 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14926 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14927 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14928 14929 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14930 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14931 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14932 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14933 RD->completeDefinition(); 14934 } 14935 14936 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14937 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14938 } 14939 14940 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14941 PopDeclContext(); 14942 14943 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14944 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14945 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14946 14947 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14948 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14949 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14950 } 14951 14952 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14953 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14954 PopDeclContext(); 14955 } 14956 14957 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14958 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14959 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14960 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14961 } 14962 14963 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14964 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14965 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14966 } 14967 14968 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14969 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14970 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14971 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14972 14973 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14974 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14975 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14976 RD->completeDefinition(); 14977 } 14978 14979 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14980 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14981 // the FieldCollector. 14982 14983 PopDeclContext(); 14984 } 14985 14986 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14987 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14988 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14989 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14990 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14991 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14992 if (ZeroWidth) 14993 *ZeroWidth = true; 14994 14995 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14996 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14997 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14998 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14999 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 15000 return ExprError(); 15001 if (FieldName) 15002 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 15003 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15004 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 15005 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15006 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 15007 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 15008 return ExprError(); 15009 15010 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 15011 // it now. 15012 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 15013 return BitWidth; 15014 15015 llvm::APSInt Value; 15016 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 15017 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 15018 return ICE; 15019 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 15020 15021 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 15022 *ZeroWidth = false; 15023 15024 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 15025 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 15026 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 15027 15028 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 15029 if (FieldName) 15030 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15031 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 15032 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15033 << Value.toString(10); 15034 } 15035 15036 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 15037 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 15038 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 15039 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 15040 15041 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 15042 // ABI. 15043 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 15044 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 15045 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 15046 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 15047 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 15048 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 15049 unsigned DiagWidth = 15050 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 15051 if (FieldName) 15052 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15053 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15054 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 15055 15056 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15057 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 15058 << DiagWidth; 15059 } 15060 15061 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 15062 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 15063 // 'bool'. 15064 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 15065 if (FieldName) 15066 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15067 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15068 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15069 else 15070 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15071 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15072 } 15073 } 15074 15075 return BitWidth; 15076 } 15077 15078 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 15079 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 15080 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 15081 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 15082 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 15083 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 15084 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 15085 return Res; 15086 } 15087 15088 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 15089 /// 15090 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 15091 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15092 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 15093 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15094 AccessSpecifier AS) { 15095 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 15096 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 15097 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 15098 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 15099 return nullptr; 15100 } 15101 15102 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15103 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15104 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15105 15106 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15107 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15109 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 15110 15111 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 15112 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 15113 D.setInvalidType(); 15114 T = Context.IntTy; 15115 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 15116 } 15117 } 15118 15119 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 15120 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || 15121 T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 15122 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 15123 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 15124 D.setInvalidType(); 15125 } 15126 15127 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 15128 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 15129 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 15130 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 15131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 15132 D.setInvalidType(); 15133 } 15134 15135 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 15136 15137 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 15138 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 15139 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 15140 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 15141 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 15142 diag::err_invalid_thread) 15143 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 15144 15145 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 15146 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 15147 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15148 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15149 LookupName(Previous, S); 15150 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 15151 case LookupResult::Found: 15152 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 15153 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 15154 break; 15155 15156 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 15157 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15158 break; 15159 15160 case LookupResult::NotFound: 15161 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 15162 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 15163 break; 15164 } 15165 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 15166 15167 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15168 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15169 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 15170 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15171 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15172 } 15173 15174 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 15175 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15176 15177 bool Mutable 15178 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 15179 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 15180 FieldDecl *NewFD 15181 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 15182 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 15183 15184 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 15185 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15186 15187 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15188 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 15189 15190 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 15191 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 15192 // with the same name in the same scope. 15193 } else if (II) { 15194 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 15195 } else 15196 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 15197 15198 return NewFD; 15199 } 15200 15201 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 15202 /// 15203 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 15204 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 15205 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 15206 /// created. 15207 /// 15208 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 15209 /// 15210 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 15211 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 15212 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 15213 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 15214 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 15215 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15216 SourceLocation TSSL, 15217 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 15218 Declarator *D) { 15219 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 15220 bool InvalidDecl = false; 15221 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 15222 15223 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 15224 // marking this declaration as invalid. 15225 if (T.isNull()) { 15226 InvalidDecl = true; 15227 T = Context.IntTy; 15228 } 15229 15230 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 15231 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15232 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15233 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 15234 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15235 InvalidDecl = true; 15236 } else { 15237 NamedDecl *Def; 15238 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 15239 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 15240 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15241 InvalidDecl = true; 15242 } 15243 } 15244 } 15245 15246 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 15247 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 15248 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 15249 InvalidDecl = true; 15250 } 15251 15252 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 15253 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 15254 T.hasQualifiers()) { 15255 InvalidDecl = true; 15256 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 15257 } 15258 15259 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15260 // than a variably modified type. 15261 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15262 bool SizeIsNegative; 15263 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 15264 15265 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 15266 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 15267 SizeIsNegative, 15268 Oversized); 15269 if (FixedTInfo) { 15270 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 15271 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 15272 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 15273 } else { 15274 if (SizeIsNegative) 15275 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 15276 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 15277 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 15278 << Oversized.toString(10); 15279 else 15280 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 15281 InvalidDecl = true; 15282 } 15283 } 15284 15285 // Fields can not have abstract class types 15286 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 15287 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15288 AbstractFieldType)) 15289 InvalidDecl = true; 15290 15291 bool ZeroWidth = false; 15292 if (InvalidDecl) 15293 BitWidth = nullptr; 15294 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 15295 if (BitWidth) { 15296 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 15297 &ZeroWidth).get(); 15298 if (!BitWidth) { 15299 InvalidDecl = true; 15300 BitWidth = nullptr; 15301 ZeroWidth = false; 15302 } 15303 } 15304 15305 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 15306 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 15307 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15308 if (T->isReferenceType()) 15309 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 15310 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 15311 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 15312 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 15313 15314 if (DiagID) { 15315 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 15316 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 15317 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 15318 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 15319 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 15320 Mutable = false; 15321 InvalidDecl = true; 15322 } 15323 } 15324 } 15325 15326 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 15327 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 15328 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 15329 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 15330 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 15331 15332 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 15333 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 15334 if (InvalidDecl) 15335 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15336 15337 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15339 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15340 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15341 } 15342 15343 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15344 if (Record->isUnion()) { 15345 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15346 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15347 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15348 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 15349 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 15350 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 15351 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 15352 // objects. 15353 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 15354 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15355 } 15356 } 15357 15358 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 15359 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 15360 // enabled. 15361 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 15362 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 15363 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 15364 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 15365 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 15366 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 15367 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15368 } 15369 } 15370 } 15371 15372 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 15373 // representation, not a parser representation. 15374 if (D) { 15375 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 15376 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 15377 15378 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 15379 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 15380 } 15381 15382 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 15383 // retainable type. 15384 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 15385 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15386 15387 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 15388 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 15389 15390 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 15391 return NewFD; 15392 } 15393 15394 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 15395 assert(FD); 15396 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 15397 15398 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 15399 return false; 15400 15401 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15402 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15403 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15404 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15405 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 15406 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 15407 // copy constructors. 15408 15409 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 15410 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 15411 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 15412 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 15413 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 15414 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 15415 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 15416 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 15417 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 15418 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 15419 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 15420 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 15421 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 15422 member = CXXDestructor; 15423 15424 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 15425 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 15426 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 15427 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 15428 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 15429 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 15430 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 15431 // members unavailable. 15432 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 15433 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 15434 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 15435 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15436 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 15437 return false; 15438 } 15439 } 15440 15441 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 15442 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 15443 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 15444 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 15445 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 15446 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 15447 } 15448 } 15449 } 15450 15451 return false; 15452 } 15453 15454 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 15455 /// AST enum value. 15456 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 15457 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 15458 switch (ivarVisibility) { 15459 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 15460 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 15461 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 15462 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 15463 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 15464 } 15465 } 15466 15467 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 15468 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 15469 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 15470 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15471 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 15472 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 15473 15474 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15475 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 15476 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15477 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15478 15479 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 15480 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 15481 15482 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15483 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15484 15485 if (BitWidth) { 15486 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 15487 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 15488 if (!BitWidth) 15489 D.setInvalidType(); 15490 } else { 15491 // Not a bitfield. 15492 15493 // validate II. 15494 15495 } 15496 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 15497 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 15498 D.setInvalidType(); 15499 } 15500 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15501 // than a variably modified type. 15502 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15503 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 15504 D.setInvalidType(); 15505 } 15506 15507 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 15508 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 15509 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 15510 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 15511 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 15512 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 15513 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 15514 return nullptr; 15515 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 15516 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15517 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15518 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 15519 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 15520 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 15521 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 15522 } 15523 else 15524 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15525 } else { 15526 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15527 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15528 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 15529 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 15530 return nullptr; 15531 } 15532 } 15533 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15534 } 15535 15536 // Construct the decl. 15537 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 15538 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 15539 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 15540 15541 if (II) { 15542 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15543 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15544 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 15545 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15546 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15547 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15548 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15549 } 15550 } 15551 15552 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 15553 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 15554 15555 if (D.isInvalidType()) 15556 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15557 15558 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 15559 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 15560 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15561 15562 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15563 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 15564 15565 if (II) { 15566 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 15567 // these to the interface. 15568 S->AddDecl(NewID); 15569 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 15570 } 15571 15572 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 15573 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 15574 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 15575 15576 return NewID; 15577 } 15578 15579 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 15580 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 15581 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 15582 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 15583 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 15584 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 15585 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 15586 return; 15587 15588 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 15589 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 15590 15591 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 15592 return; 15593 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 15594 if (!ID) { 15595 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 15596 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 15597 return; 15598 } 15599 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 15600 else 15601 return; 15602 } 15603 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 15604 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 15605 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 15606 15607 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 15608 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 15609 Context.CharTy, 15610 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 15611 DeclLoc), 15612 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 15613 true); 15614 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 15615 } 15616 15617 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 15618 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 15619 SourceLocation RBrac, 15620 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 15621 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 15622 15623 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 15624 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 15625 // it will now change. 15626 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15627 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15628 switch (DC->getKind()) { 15629 default: break; 15630 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 15631 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15632 break; 15633 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 15634 Context. 15635 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15636 break; 15637 } 15638 } 15639 15640 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15641 15642 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 15643 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 15644 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 15645 if (Record) { 15646 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 15647 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 15648 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 15649 ++NumNamedMembers; 15650 } 15651 } 15652 15653 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 15654 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 15655 15656 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 15657 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 15658 i != end; ++i) { 15659 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 15660 15661 // Get the type for the field. 15662 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 15663 15664 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 15665 // Remember all fields written by the user. 15666 RecFields.push_back(FD); 15667 } 15668 15669 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 15670 // diagnostics about it. 15671 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 15672 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15673 continue; 15674 } 15675 15676 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 15677 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 15678 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 15679 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 15680 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 15681 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 15682 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 15683 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 15684 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 15685 // array. 15686 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 15687 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 15688 // Field declared as a function. 15689 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 15690 << FD->getDeclName(); 15691 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15692 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15693 continue; 15694 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 15695 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 15696 if (Record) { 15697 // Flexible array member. 15698 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 15699 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 15700 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 15701 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15702 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 15703 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 15704 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15705 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 15706 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15707 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15708 continue; 15709 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 15710 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15711 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 15712 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15713 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 15714 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 15715 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 15716 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15717 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 15718 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15719 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 15720 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 15721 15722 if (DiagID) 15723 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 15724 << Record->getTagKind(); 15725 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 15726 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 15727 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 15728 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 15729 // of the type. 15730 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 15731 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 15732 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 15733 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15734 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 15735 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 15736 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15737 15738 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 15739 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 15740 // 15741 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 15742 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 15743 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15744 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 15745 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 15746 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15747 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15748 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15749 continue; 15750 } 15751 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 15752 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15753 } else { 15754 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 15755 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 15756 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 15757 } 15758 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 15759 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15760 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15761 // Incomplete type 15762 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15763 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15764 continue; 15765 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15766 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 15767 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 15768 // flexible array member. 15769 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15770 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 15771 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 15772 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 15773 // structures. 15774 if (!IsLastField) 15775 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 15776 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15777 else { 15778 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 15779 // other structs as an extension. 15780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 15781 << FD->getDeclName(); 15782 } 15783 } 15784 } 15785 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 15786 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15787 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15788 AbstractIvarType)) { 15789 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 15790 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15791 } 15792 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15793 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15794 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 15795 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15796 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 15797 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 15798 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 15799 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 15800 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 15801 FD->setType(T); 15802 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 15803 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && Record->isUnion()) { 15804 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 15805 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 15806 // so we just make the field unavailable. 15807 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 15808 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 15809 QualType T = FD->getType(); 15810 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 15811 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 15812 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 15813 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15814 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15815 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 15816 } 15817 } else { 15818 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 15819 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15820 } 15821 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 15822 } 15823 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 15824 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 15825 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 15826 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15827 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 15828 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15829 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 15830 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15831 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 15832 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15833 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15834 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15835 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 15836 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15837 } 15838 } 15839 15840 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15841 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 15842 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) 15843 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 15844 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 15845 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) 15846 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 15847 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 15848 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 15849 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 15850 } 15851 15852 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15853 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 15854 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 15855 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 15856 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 15857 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 15858 } 15859 15860 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 15861 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15862 // Keep track of the number of named members. 15863 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 15864 ++NumNamedMembers; 15865 } 15866 15867 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 15868 if (Record) { 15869 bool Completed = false; 15870 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15871 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15872 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 15873 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 15874 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 15875 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 15876 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 15877 } 15878 15879 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 15880 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 15881 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 15882 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 15883 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 15884 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 15885 } 15886 15887 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 15888 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 15889 15890 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15891 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 15892 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 15893 // problem now. 15894 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 15895 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 15896 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 15897 15898 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 15899 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 15900 M != MEnd; ++M) { 15901 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 15902 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 15903 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 15904 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 15905 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 15906 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 15907 continue; 15908 15909 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 15910 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 15911 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 15912 // program is ill-formed. 15913 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 15914 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 15915 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 15916 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 15917 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 15918 OM = SO->second.begin(), 15919 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 15920 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 15921 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 15922 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 15923 15924 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15925 } 15926 } 15927 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 15928 Completed = true; 15929 } 15930 } 15931 } 15932 } 15933 15934 if (!Completed) 15935 Record->completeDefinition(); 15936 15937 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 15938 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 15939 15940 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 15941 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15942 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 15943 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 15944 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 15945 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 15946 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 15947 } 15948 } 15949 15950 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 15951 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 15952 15953 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 15954 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 15955 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 15956 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 15957 } 15958 15959 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 15960 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 15961 // compatibility problems. 15962 bool CheckForZeroSize; 15963 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15964 CheckForZeroSize = true; 15965 } else { 15966 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 15967 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 15968 CheckForZeroSize = 15969 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15970 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15971 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15972 } 15973 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15974 bool ZeroSize = true; 15975 bool IsEmpty = true; 15976 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15977 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15978 E = Record->field_end(); 15979 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15980 IsEmpty = false; 15981 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15982 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 15983 ZeroSize = false; 15984 } else { 15985 ++NonBitFields; 15986 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15987 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15988 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15989 ZeroSize = false; 15990 } 15991 } 15992 15993 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15994 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15995 // extern "C" block. 15996 if (ZeroSize) { 15997 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15998 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15999 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 16000 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 16001 } 16002 16003 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 16004 // but are accepted by GCC. 16005 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16006 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 16007 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 16008 << Record->isUnion(); 16009 } 16010 } 16011 } else { 16012 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 16013 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 16014 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16015 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 16016 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 16017 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16018 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 16019 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16020 } 16021 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 16022 // duplicates. 16023 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 16024 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 16025 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16026 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16027 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 16028 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 16029 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 16030 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 16031 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 16032 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 16033 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16034 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16035 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16036 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16037 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 16038 // reported as errors elsewhere. 16039 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 16040 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 16041 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 16042 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 16043 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 16044 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16045 if (IDecl) { 16046 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 16047 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16048 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16049 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16050 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16051 continue; 16052 } 16053 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 16054 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 16055 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16056 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16057 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16058 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16059 continue; 16060 } 16061 } 16062 } 16063 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 16064 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16065 } 16066 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16067 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16068 } 16069 } 16070 } 16071 16072 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 16073 /// the given type T. 16074 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 16075 llvm::APSInt &Value, 16076 QualType T) { 16077 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 16078 "Integral type required!"); 16079 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 16080 16081 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 16082 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 16083 --BitWidth; 16084 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 16085 } 16086 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 16087 } 16088 16089 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 16090 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 16091 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 16092 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 16093 // enum checking below. 16094 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 16095 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 16096 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 16097 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16098 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 16099 }; 16100 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16101 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 16102 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 16103 }; 16104 16105 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 16106 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 16107 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 16108 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 16109 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 16110 return Types[I]; 16111 16112 return QualType(); 16113 } 16114 16115 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 16116 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 16117 SourceLocation IdLoc, 16118 IdentifierInfo *Id, 16119 Expr *Val) { 16120 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16121 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 16122 QualType EltTy; 16123 16124 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 16125 Val = nullptr; 16126 16127 if (Val) 16128 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 16129 16130 if (Val) { 16131 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 16132 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16133 else { 16134 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 16135 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16136 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 16137 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 16138 // constant expression of the underlying type. 16139 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16140 ExprResult Converted = 16141 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 16142 CCEK_Enumerator); 16143 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 16144 Val = nullptr; 16145 else 16146 Val = Converted.get(); 16147 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 16148 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 16149 &EnumVal).get())) { 16150 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 16151 } else { 16152 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16153 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16154 16155 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 16156 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 16157 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 16158 // expression checking. 16159 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16160 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16161 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16162 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16163 } else 16164 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16165 } else 16166 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 16167 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 16168 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 16169 .get(); 16170 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16171 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 16172 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16173 // is the type of its initializing value: 16174 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 16175 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 16176 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16177 } else { 16178 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 16179 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 16180 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 16181 // representable as an int. 16182 16183 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 16184 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 16185 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16186 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 16187 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 16188 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 16189 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 16190 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16191 } 16192 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16193 } 16194 } 16195 } 16196 } 16197 16198 if (!Val) { 16199 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 16200 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16201 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 16202 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16203 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16204 // is the type of its initializing value: 16205 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 16206 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 16207 // 16208 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 16209 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 16210 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 16211 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16212 } 16213 else { 16214 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 16215 } 16216 } else { 16217 // Assign the last value + 1. 16218 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16219 ++EnumVal; 16220 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 16221 16222 // Check for overflow on increment. 16223 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 16224 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16225 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16226 // is the type of its initializing value: 16227 // 16228 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 16229 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 16230 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 16231 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 16232 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 16233 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 16234 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 16235 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 16236 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 16237 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 16238 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16239 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 16240 ++EnumVal; 16241 if (Enum->isFixed()) 16242 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 16243 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 16244 << EnumVal.toString(10) 16245 << EltTy; 16246 else 16247 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 16248 << EnumVal.toString(10); 16249 } else { 16250 EltTy = T; 16251 } 16252 16253 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 16254 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 16255 // value, then increment. 16256 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16257 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16258 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16259 ++EnumVal; 16260 16261 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 16262 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 16263 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 16264 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 16265 // integral type. 16266 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 16267 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 16268 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16269 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16270 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 16271 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16272 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 16273 } 16274 } 16275 } 16276 16277 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 16278 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 16279 // enumerator's type. 16280 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16281 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16282 } 16283 16284 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 16285 Val, EnumVal); 16286 } 16287 16288 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 16289 SourceLocation IILoc) { 16290 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 16291 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16292 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16293 16294 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 16295 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 16296 // skip the body. 16297 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 16298 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 16299 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 16300 if (!PrevECD) 16301 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16302 16303 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 16304 NamedDecl *Hidden; 16305 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 16306 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 16307 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 16308 return Skip; 16309 } 16310 16311 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16312 } 16313 16314 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 16315 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 16316 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 16317 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 16318 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 16319 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 16320 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 16321 16322 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 16323 // we find one that is. 16324 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 16325 16326 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 16327 // scope. 16328 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 16329 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16330 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16331 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16332 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 16333 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16334 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16335 } 16336 16337 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 16338 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 16339 // different from T: 16340 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 16341 // enumerated type 16342 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 16343 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 16344 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 16345 16346 EnumConstantDecl *New = 16347 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 16348 if (!New) 16349 return nullptr; 16350 16351 if (PrevDecl) { 16352 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 16353 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 16354 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 16355 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 16356 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 16357 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16358 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 16359 else 16360 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 16361 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 16362 return nullptr; 16363 } 16364 } 16365 16366 // Process attributes. 16367 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 16368 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 16369 16370 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 16371 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 16372 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 16373 16374 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 16375 16376 return New; 16377 } 16378 16379 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 16380 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 16381 // Element2 = Element1 16382 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 16383 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 16384 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 16385 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 16386 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 16387 if (!InitExpr) 16388 return true; 16389 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 16390 16391 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 16392 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 16393 return true; 16394 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 16395 if (!IL) 16396 return true; 16397 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 16398 return true; 16399 16400 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 16401 } 16402 16403 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 16404 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 16405 if (!DRE) 16406 return true; 16407 16408 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 16409 if (!EnumConstant) 16410 return true; 16411 16412 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 16413 Enum) 16414 return true; 16415 16416 return false; 16417 } 16418 16419 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 16420 // a previous element has already been set to. 16421 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 16422 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 16423 // Avoid anonymous enums 16424 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 16425 return; 16426 16427 // Only check for small enums. 16428 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 16429 return; 16430 16431 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 16432 return; 16433 16434 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 16435 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 16436 16437 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 16438 typedef llvm::DenseMap<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 16439 16440 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. 16441 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 16442 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 16443 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 16444 }; 16445 16446 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 16447 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 16448 16449 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 16450 // an initializer. 16451 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16452 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16453 16454 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 16455 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 16456 if (!ECD) { 16457 return; 16458 } 16459 16460 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 16461 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 16462 continue; 16463 16464 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 16465 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 16466 } 16467 16468 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 16469 return; 16470 16471 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 16472 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16473 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 16474 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16475 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 16476 continue; 16477 16478 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 16479 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 16480 continue; 16481 16482 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 16483 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 16484 // Ensure constants are different. 16485 if (D == ECD) 16486 continue; 16487 16488 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 16489 auto Vec = llvm::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 16490 Vec->push_back(D); 16491 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16492 16493 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 16494 Entry = Vec.get(); 16495 16496 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 16497 // diagnostics. 16498 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 16499 continue; 16500 } 16501 16502 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 16503 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 16504 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 16505 continue; 16506 16507 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16508 } 16509 16510 // Emit diagnostics. 16511 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 16512 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 16513 16514 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 16515 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 16516 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 16517 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16518 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 16519 16520 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 16521 // the same value. 16522 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 16523 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 16524 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16525 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 16526 } 16527 } 16528 16529 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 16530 bool AllowMask) const { 16531 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 16532 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 16533 16534 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 16535 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 16536 16537 if (R.second) { 16538 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 16539 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 16540 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 16541 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 16542 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 16543 } 16544 } 16545 16546 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 16547 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 16548 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 16549 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 16550 // 16551 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 16552 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 16553 // likely a logic error. 16554 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 16555 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 16556 } 16557 16558 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 16559 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 16560 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 16561 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 16562 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 16563 16564 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 16565 16566 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 16567 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16568 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16569 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16570 if (!ECD) continue; 16571 16572 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16573 } 16574 16575 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 16576 return; 16577 } 16578 16579 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 16580 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 16581 // emit a warning. 16582 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16583 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 16584 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 16585 16586 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 16587 // reverse the list. 16588 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 16589 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 16590 16591 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 16592 bool AllElementsInt = true; 16593 16594 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16595 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16596 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16597 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16598 16599 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16600 16601 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 16602 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 16603 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 16604 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 16605 else 16606 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 16607 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 16608 16609 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 16610 if (AllElementsInt) 16611 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 16612 } 16613 16614 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 16615 QualType BestType; 16616 unsigned BestWidth; 16617 16618 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 16619 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 16620 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 16621 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 16622 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 16623 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 16624 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 16625 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 16626 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 16627 QualType BestPromotionType; 16628 16629 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 16630 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 16631 // enum definitions. 16632 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 16633 Packed = true; 16634 16635 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 16636 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 16637 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16638 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16639 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 16640 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 16641 else 16642 BestPromotionType = BestType; 16643 16644 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 16645 } 16646 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 16647 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 16648 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 16649 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16650 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 16651 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 16652 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16653 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 16654 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 16655 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 16656 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16657 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 16658 BestType = Context.IntTy; 16659 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16660 } else { 16661 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 16662 16663 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 16664 BestType = Context.LongTy; 16665 } else { 16666 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16667 16668 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 16669 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 16670 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 16671 } 16672 } 16673 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 16674 } else { 16675 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 16676 // all of the enumerator values. 16677 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16678 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 16679 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 16680 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16681 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16682 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 16683 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 16684 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16685 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16686 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 16687 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 16688 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16689 BestPromotionType 16690 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16691 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 16692 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 16693 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 16694 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 16695 BestPromotionType 16696 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16697 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 16698 } else { 16699 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16700 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 16701 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 16702 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 16703 BestPromotionType 16704 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16705 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 16706 } 16707 } 16708 16709 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 16710 // the type of the enum if needed. 16711 for (auto *D : Elements) { 16712 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16713 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16714 16715 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 16716 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 16717 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 16718 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 16719 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 16720 16721 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 16722 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16723 16724 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 16725 // the enum decl type. 16726 QualType NewTy; 16727 unsigned NewWidth; 16728 bool NewSign; 16729 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16730 !Enum->isFixed() && 16731 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 16732 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 16733 NewWidth = IntWidth; 16734 NewSign = true; 16735 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 16736 // Already the right type! 16737 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16738 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16739 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16740 // enumeration. 16741 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16742 continue; 16743 } else { 16744 NewTy = BestType; 16745 NewWidth = BestWidth; 16746 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 16747 } 16748 16749 // Adjust the APSInt value. 16750 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 16751 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 16752 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 16753 16754 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 16755 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 16756 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 16757 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 16758 CK_IntegralCast, 16759 ECD->getInitExpr(), 16760 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 16761 VK_RValue)); 16762 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16763 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16764 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16765 // enumeration. 16766 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16767 else 16768 ECD->setType(NewTy); 16769 } 16770 16771 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 16772 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 16773 16774 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 16775 16776 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 16777 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 16778 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16779 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16780 16781 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16782 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 16783 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 16784 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 16785 << ECD << Enum; 16786 } 16787 } 16788 16789 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 16790 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 16791 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 16792 } 16793 16794 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 16795 SourceLocation StartLoc, 16796 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 16797 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 16798 16799 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 16800 AsmString, StartLoc, 16801 EndLoc); 16802 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16803 return New; 16804 } 16805 16806 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 16807 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 16808 bool FromInclude = false) { 16809 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 16810 16811 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 16812 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 16813 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 16814 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 16815 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 16816 break; 16817 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 16818 break; 16819 } 16820 DC = LSD->getParent(); 16821 } 16822 16823 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) || isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) 16824 DC = DC->getParent(); 16825 16826 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 16827 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 16828 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 16829 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 16830 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 16831 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 16832 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 16833 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 16834 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 16835 << M->getFullModuleName(); 16836 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 16837 } 16838 } 16839 16840 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16841 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 16842 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 16843 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16844 assert(getLangOpts().ModulesTS && 16845 "should only have module decl in modules TS"); 16846 16847 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 16848 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 16849 // module map. 16850 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 16851 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 16852 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 16853 break; 16854 16855 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 16856 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 16857 break; 16858 16859 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 16860 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 16861 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 16862 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 16863 MDK = ModuleDeclKind::Interface; 16864 break; 16865 16866 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 16867 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 16868 return nullptr; 16869 } 16870 16871 assert(ModuleScopes.size() == 1 && "expected to be at global module scope"); 16872 16873 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 16874 // here, in order to support macro import. 16875 16876 // Only one module-declaration is permitted per source file. 16877 if (ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) { 16878 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_redeclaration); 16879 Diag(VisibleModules.getImportLoc(ModuleScopes.back().Module), 16880 diag::note_prev_module_declaration); 16881 return nullptr; 16882 } 16883 16884 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 16885 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 16886 // module name. 16887 std::string ModuleName; 16888 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 16889 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 16890 ModuleName += "."; 16891 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 16892 } 16893 16894 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 16895 // correct. 16896 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 16897 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 16898 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 16899 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 16900 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16901 return nullptr; 16902 } 16903 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 16904 16905 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 16906 Module *Mod; 16907 16908 switch (MDK) { 16909 case ModuleDeclKind::Interface: { 16910 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 16911 // module map defining it already. 16912 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 16913 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 16914 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 16915 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 16916 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 16917 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 16918 << FE->getName(); 16919 Mod = M; 16920 break; 16921 } 16922 16923 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 16924 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16925 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16926 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 16927 break; 16928 } 16929 16930 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 16931 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 16932 return nullptr; 16933 16934 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 16935 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 16936 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 16937 Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16938 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16939 if (!Mod) { 16940 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_not_defined) << ModuleName; 16941 // Create an empty module interface unit for error recovery. 16942 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16943 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16944 } 16945 break; 16946 } 16947 16948 // Switch from the global module to the named module. 16949 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16950 ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface = MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation; 16951 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc); 16952 16953 // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see. 16954 // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly 16955 // exported. 16956 auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16957 TU->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate); 16958 TU->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16959 16960 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl. 16961 return nullptr; 16962 } 16963 16964 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16965 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 16966 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16967 Module *Mod = 16968 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16969 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16970 if (!Mod) 16971 return true; 16972 16973 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16974 16975 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16976 16977 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16978 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16979 // silently ignoring the import. 16980 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16981 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16982 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16983 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16984 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16985 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16986 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16987 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16988 16989 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16990 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16991 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16992 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16993 // We need the length to be consistent. 16994 if (!ModCheck) 16995 break; 16996 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16997 16998 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16999 } 17000 17001 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, 17002 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 17003 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 17004 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 17005 CurContext->addDecl(Import); 17006 17007 // Re-export the module if needed. 17008 if (Import->isExported() && 17009 !ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) 17010 getCurrentModule()->Exports.emplace_back(Mod, false); 17011 17012 return Import; 17013 } 17014 17015 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 17016 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 17017 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 17018 } 17019 17020 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 17021 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 17022 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 17023 // implementation detail of us building the module. 17024 // 17025 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 17026 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 17027 TUKind == TU_Module && 17028 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 17029 17030 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 17031 17032 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 17033 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 17034 if (ShouldAddImport) { 17035 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 17036 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 17037 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 17038 DirectiveLoc); 17039 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 17040 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 17041 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 17042 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 17043 } 17044 17045 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 17046 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 17047 } 17048 17049 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 17050 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 17051 17052 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 17053 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 17054 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 17055 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 17056 17057 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 17058 17059 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 17060 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 17061 // lexically within the module. 17062 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 17063 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 17064 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 17065 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility 17066 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported 17067 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); 17068 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 17069 } 17070 } 17071 } 17072 17073 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 17074 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 17075 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 17076 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 17077 // is now out of date. 17078 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 17079 } 17080 17081 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 17082 "left the wrong module scope"); 17083 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 17084 17085 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 17086 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 17087 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 17088 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 17089 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 17090 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 17091 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 17092 "end of submodule in main source file"); 17093 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 17094 } else { 17095 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 17096 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 17097 } 17098 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 17099 17100 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 17101 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 17102 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 17103 // the module within. 17104 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 17105 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 17106 if (!getCurrentModule()) 17107 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 17108 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); 17109 } 17110 } 17111 } 17112 17113 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 17114 Module *Mod) { 17115 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 17116 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 17117 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 17118 return; 17119 17120 // Create the implicit import declaration. 17121 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 17122 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 17123 Loc, Mod, Loc); 17124 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 17125 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 17126 17127 // Make the module visible. 17128 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 17129 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 17130 } 17131 17132 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 17133 /// (if present). 17134 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 17135 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 17136 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 17137 17138 // C++ Modules TS draft: 17139 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 17140 // the global module. 17141 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) 17142 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 17143 17144 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 17145 // export keyword. 17146 // 17147 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 17148 // export-declaration. 17149 if (D->isExported()) 17150 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 17151 17152 CurContext->addDecl(D); 17153 PushDeclContext(S, D); 17154 D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported); 17155 return D; 17156 } 17157 17158 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 17159 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 17160 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 17161 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 17162 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 17163 17164 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 17165 // anonymous namespace). 17166 17167 PopDeclContext(); 17168 return D; 17169 } 17170 17171 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17172 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17173 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17174 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17175 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17176 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 17177 LookupOrdinaryName); 17178 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 17179 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 17180 17181 // If a declaration that: 17182 // 1) declares a function or a variable 17183 // 2) has external linkage 17184 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 17185 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17186 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 17187 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 17188 else 17189 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 17190 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 17191 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 17192 } else 17193 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 17194 } 17195 17196 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17197 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17198 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 17199 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 17200 17201 if (PrevDecl) { 17202 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 17203 } else { 17204 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17205 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 17206 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 17207 } 17208 } 17209 17210 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17211 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17212 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17213 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17214 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17215 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 17216 LookupOrdinaryName); 17217 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 17218 17219 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17220 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 17221 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17222 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 17223 } else { 17224 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17225 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 17226 } 17227 } 17228 17229 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 17230 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 17231 } 17232